官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
效率工具

					3 Ways to Learn About Data, AI, and Automation
3 Ways to Learn About Data, AI, and Automation
You know you have to keep up to date with the latest technology. And if you feel like this AI revolution has come on a little fast and you or your team might be falling behind, you’re not alone. While these tools are clearly valuable in transforming everything from sales to customer service to data insights, you need to understand how they work and what they can do for you. Learn new skills and win fun prizes with Trailblazer Quests There’s no better way to learn than on Trailhead, the free online learning platform from LIKE.TG. Trailhead allows individuals, teams, and companies to skill up by learning LIKE.TG skills, along with crucial interpersonal and business skills like data literacy and emotional intelligence. We know that there is a lot to learn these days, and we want to make sure you have some fun while doing it. While learning is its own reward, there’s always room for a little extra motivation. That’s where Trailblazer Quests come in. Trailblazer Quests combine the challenge of learning new skills with the chance of winning sweet prizes. Check out these expert-curated quests Data Cloud Quest Harness the power of real-time data from any source, optimise and personalise with AI, and automate across people, processes, and systems. Complete the quest to be and be entered for a chance to win* a LIKE.TG Certification Voucher for an exam of your choice. AI Skills Quest Learn about artificial intelligence and be entered for a chance to win* a LIKE.TG AI Certification Voucher. Automation Quest Create workflows that drive efficiency and learn how to automate at any skill level with LIKE.TG Flow. Complete the trailmix and learn all things Automation to earn an exclusive Flow community badge. How to participate in these Trailblazer Quests Get started on your quest with two simple steps: Sign up for your free Trailhead account, if you don’t have one already. Complete any or all of the three quest trailmixes Data Cloud Quest AI Skills Quest Automation Quest *Official rules apply. See the Trailblazer Quests page for full details and restrictions.

					Demand Elasticity vs. Inelasticity: What’s the Difference?
Demand Elasticity vs. Inelasticity: What’s the Difference?
Understanding the elasticity of demand is critical for businesses looking to make informed pricing decisions and optimise revenue. Throughout our exhaustive guide, we’ll take a closer look at the concept of elasticity, its importance in pricing strategies, and how LIKE.TG can provide valuable insights into demand analysis. We will explore the different types of elasticity, including cross elasticity and advertising elasticity, and provide practical examples to illustrate these concepts. What is price elasticity of demand? Within economics, understanding consumer behaviour is key for businesses seeking to optimise revenue and make informed pricing decisions. A major concept in this pursuit is elasticity of demand, which measures the responsiveness of consumer demand to changes in price. Simply put, it assesses how sensitive consumers are to price fluctuations. Price elasticity measures further refine this concept by quantifying the responsiveness of demand to price changes, computed as the percentage change in quantity demanded or supplied divided by the percentage change in price, and categorising it as elastic, inelastic, or unitary based on the responsiveness to price changes. Elasticity of demand is expressed as a percentage of absolute value, indicating the proportional change in quantity demanded in response to a given percentage change in price. A higher elasticity value indicates that consumers are highly responsive to price changes, while a lower value suggests a more inelastic demand. This economic concept holds significant importance for businesses as it provides insights into consumer preferences, market dynamics, and revenue potential. By understanding elasticity, businesses can effectively set prices, develop pricing strategies, and anticipate consumer reactions to price adjustments. Elasticity vs. Inelasticity of Demand In economics, demand elasticity is often contrasted with its opposite—inelasticity of demand, including the extreme case of perfectly inelastic demand where demand remains unchanged regardless of price changes. Inelastic demand occurs when consumer demand remains relatively unchanged even in response to significant price fluctuations. This means that consumers are less sensitive to price changes and will continue purchasing a product or service despite price increases or even price decreases. Inelastic demand is often observed in industries where consumers rely on essential products or services, such as healthcare, utilities, or staple foods. For instance, if the price of electricity increases, consumers may have little choice but to pay the higher price since electricity is a necessity for daily life. When price rises in the context of inelastic demand, the quantity demanded does not decrease significantly, highlighting the consumers’ dependency on these essential goods or services. Conversely, elastic demand occurs when consumer demand is highly responsive to price changes. In such cases, consumers are more likely to adjust their consumption patterns based on price fluctuations. Elastic demand is commonly found in industries where consumers have multiple options or can easily substitute one product for another. For example, if the price of a particular brand of clothing increases, consumers may switch to a different brand or a cheaper alternative. The elasticity of demand is measured using a formula that calculates the percentage change in quantity demanded divided by the percentage change in price. A coefficient of elasticity greater than 1 indicates elastic demand, while a coefficient less than 1 represents inelastic demand. Understanding the concept of elasticity vs. inelasticity of demand is all-important for businesses as it helps them make better decisions regarding pricing strategies and revenue optimisation. By analysing elasticity, businesses can determine how price changes will impact consumer behaviour, market demand, and overall revenue. This knowledge allows companies to set prices that maximise profits while considering consumer preferences and market dynamics. Formula for calculating elasticity of demand To calculate the elasticity of demand, economists use the following formula: “` Ed = (% Change in Quantity Demanded) / (% Change in Price) “` In this formula, Ed represents the elasticity of demand. The percentage change in quantity demanded refers to the change in the quantity of a product or service that consumers are willing and able to buy in response to a change in price. The percentage change in price refers to the change in the price of the product or service. To calculate the elasticity of demand, you first need to determine the initial price increase, quantity demanded and the initial price. Then, you need to calculate the percentage change in quantity demanded and the percentage change in price. Finally, you can divide the percentage change in quantity demanded by the percentage change in price to find the elasticity of demand. For example, let’s say that the initial quantity demanded for a product is 100 units and the initial price is $10. If the price of the product in demand increases to $12, the quantity demanded decreases to 80 units. The percentage change in quantity demanded is (80 – 100) / 100 = -20%. The percentage change in price is (12 – 10) / 10 = 20%. The elasticity of demand is -20% / 20% = -1. In this example, the elasticity of demand is -1, which means that demand is a perfectly inelastic amount. This means that a 20% increase in price causes only a 20% decrease in quantity demanded. Cross Elasticity of Demand Cross elasticity of demand measures the responsiveness of demand for one product to a change in the price of another product. It is a valuable metric for businesses that offer multiple products or services, as it helps them understand how changes in the pricing of one product may impact the demand for other products in their portfolio. The cross-elasticity of the demand curve is calculated using a formula similar to the one used for elasticity of demand: “` Cross Ed = (% Change in Quantity Demanded of Good X) / (% Change in Price of Good Y) “` Where: * Cross Ed is the cross elasticity of demand. * The percentage change in quantity demanded of good X refers to the per cent change in the quantity of good X that consumers are willing and able to buy in response to a change in the price of good Y. * The percentage change in price of good Y refers to the change in the price of good Y. A positive cross-elasticity of demand indicates that goods X and Y are substitutes, meaning that consumers are likely to switch to good X if the price of good Y increases. A negative cross-elasticity of demand indicates that goods X and Y are complements, meaning that consumers are likely to buy less of good X if the price of good Y increases. Understanding cross elasticity of demand is essential for businesses that want to optimise pricing strategies and maximise revenue. By analysing cross elasticity, businesses can identify opportunities for product bundling, price discrimination, and other pricing strategies that can increase sales and profitability. Advertising Elasticity of Demand This section discusses advertising elasticity of demand, a measure of how responsive demand is to changes in advertising expenditure. Calculating advertising elasticity of demand involves determining the initial quantity demanded, advertising expenditure, and calculating the percentage change in both. The formula is similar to elasticity of demand: “` Ea = (% Change in Quantity Demanded) / (% Change in Advertising Expenditure) “` Positive advertising elasticity indicates that increased advertising leads to increased demand. Conversely, negative advertising elasticity suggests that increased advertising has an adverse effect on demand. Understanding advertising elasticity of demand helps businesses optimise advertising budgets and allocate resources effectively. Factors influencing advertising elasticity include product type, market competition, brand loyalty, and advertising effectiveness. Businesses must consider these factors when making advertising decisions to maximise return on investment. In conclusion, advertising elasticity of demand is a major concept that businesses should consider when developing marketing strategies. By analysing and understanding advertising elasticity, businesses can make decisions about their advertising investments, optimise their marketing mix, and achieve their desired business objectives. What Are the 4 Types of Elasticity? There are four main types of elasticity: price elasticity, income elasticity, cross elasticity, and advertising elasticity. Price elasticity of demand measures the responsiveness of quantity demanded to changes in price. It is calculated by dividing the percentage change in quantity demanded by the percentage change in price. A price elasticity of demand of -1 indicates that a 1% increase in price will lead to a 1% decrease in quantity demanded. A price elasticity of demand of 0 indicates that a change in price will not affect quantity demanded. A price elasticity of demand greater than 0 indicates that a change in price will lead to a more than proportionate change in quantity demanded. Income elasticity of demand measures the responsiveness of quantity demanded to changes in consumer income. It is calculated by dividing the percentage change in quantity demanded by the percentage change in income. An income elasticity of demand of 1 indicates that a 1% increase in a consumer’s income will lead to a 1% increase in quantity demanded. An income elasticity of demand of 0 indicates that a change in income will not affect quantity demanded. An income elasticity of demand greater than 0 indicates that a change in income will lead to a more than proportionate change in quantity demanded. Cross elasticity of demand measures the responsiveness of demand for one product to changes in the price of another product. It is calculated by dividing the percentage change in quantity demanded for one product by the percentage change in price of the other product. A cross-elasticity of demand of 1 indicates that a 1% increase in the price of one product will lead to a 1% increase in the quantity demanded for the other product. A cross-elasticity of demand of 0 indicates that a change in the price of one product will not affect the quantity demanded for the other product. A cross-elasticity of demand greater than 0 indicates that a change in the price of one product will lead to a more than proportionate price change, in the quantity demanded for the other product. Advertising elasticity of demand measures the responsiveness of quantity demanded to changes in advertising expenditure. It is calculated by dividing the percentage change in quantity demanded by the percentage change in advertising expenditure. An advertising elasticity of demand of 1 indicates that a 1% increase in advertising expenditure will lead to a 1% increase in quantity demanded. An advertising elasticity of demand of 0 indicates that a change in advertising expenditure will not affect the quantity demanded. An advertising elasticity of demand greater than 0 indicates that a change in advertising expenditure will lead to a more than proportionate change in quantity demanded. What Does a Price Elasticity of 1.5 Mean? This section discusses the meaning of a price elasticity of 1.5. It explains that this relatively elastic demand indicates that demand is relatively elastic, meaning that consumers are sensitive to changes in price and will adjust their consumption accordingly. A price elasticity of 1.5 means that for every 1% change in price, the quantity demanded will change by 1.5%. In other words, if the price of a good increases by 1%, the quantity demanded will decrease by 1.5%. Conversely, if the price of a good decreases by 1%, the quantity demanded will increase by 1.5%. This information is valuable for businesses because it helps them understand how consumers will respond to changes in price. If a business knows that demand for its product is a perfectly elastic demand, it may be more likely to raise prices, as it knows that consumers will not significantly reduce their consumption. Conversely, if a business knows that demand for its product is inelastic, it may be less likely to raise prices, as it knows that consumers will not significantly increase their consumption. Businesses can use price elasticity to make informed choices about pricing, product development, and marketing. By understanding how consumers will respond to changes in price, businesses can maximise their total revenue, and profits. Demand Elasticity and LIKE.TG Understanding demand elasticity is crucial for businesses to optimise pricing strategies and maximise revenue. LIKE.TG, a leading customer relationship management (CRM) platform, offers powerful tools and features to analyse and understand elasticity. By leveraging LIKE.TG, businesses can gain valuable insights into customer behaviour and market dynamics, enabling them to make data-driven decisions about pricing. One key aspect of LIKE.TG’s elasticity analysis capabilities is its ability to track and analyse customer data. LIKE.TG collects and stores comprehensive information about customer interactions, including purchasing history, product preferences, and communication channels. This data can be leveraged to identify patterns and trends in customer behaviour, helping businesses understand how price changes affect demand. LIKE.TG also enables businesses to conduct A/B testing and controlled experiments to measure the impact of price changes on demand. By creating different pricing scenarios and analysing customer responses, businesses can quantify the elasticity of demand and determine the optimal pricing strategy. This data-driven approach minimises the risk associated with pricing decisions and maximises revenue potential. LIKE.TG provides robust reporting and visualisation tools to present cross-price elasticity and analysis results in an easily understandable format. Businesses can generate reports and dashboards that illustrate the relationship between price and demand, allowing them to identify price points that optimise revenue and customer satisfaction. These insights empower businesses to make informed pricing decisions, ensuring long-term success and profitability. LIKE.TG plays a vital role in helping businesses understand and analyse demand elasticity. By leveraging its exhaustive data collection, A/B testing capabilities, and reporting tools, businesses can make data-driven pricing decisions that optimise revenue and customer satisfaction.

					Competitor Analysis: What is it, and how do you conduct one?
Competitor Analysis: What is it, and how do you conduct one?
In today’s competitive business landscape, understanding your competitors is crucial for success. A well-executed competitor analysis provides valuable insights into their strategies, strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning. By analysing your competition, you gain the knowledge needed to make informed decisions, differentiate your offerings, and stay ahead of the curve. This blog post will explore the concept of competitors, and thorough competitive analysis, its importance, various types, and effective methods for conducting one. Additionally, we will discuss how LIKE.TG can make competitive analysis templates to assist businesses in streamlining and enhancing their own competitor research and analysis processes. What is a competitor analysis? In the ever-competitive business landscape, understanding your competitors is not just crucial; it’s the key to unlocking success. Competitor analysis is the art of dissecting your competitors’ business strategies beforehand, evaluating their strengths and weaknesses, and uncovering their secrets to success. It involves meticulously gathering and analysing data on their products, services, marketing tactics, and financial performances. The ultimate goal is to gain invaluable insights that empower you to develop a formidable competitive advantage and propel your very own brand or business to new heights. Competitor analysis is not a one-time project; it’s an ongoing journey of discovery. You stay abreast of the latest industry trends by continuously monitoring your competitors, anticipate potential threats, and seize emerging opportunities. This profound understanding of the competitive landscape allows you to make informed decisions, differentiate your offerings, and stay ahead of the curve in the fiercely contested business arena. Through competitor analysis, you gain an in-depth understanding of your competitors’ strengths, allowing you to draw inspiration from their triumphs and incorporate their best practices into your own business model. At the same time, uncovering their weaknesses presents golden opportunities for you to exploit their vulnerabilities and establish a unique selling and value proposition that sets you apart in the competitive market analysis. By deciphering their strategies, you can proactively develop counter-strategies that neutralise their impact and pave the way for sustained growth for your business. Competitor analysis is not just about spying on your rivals; it’s about learning from them, adapting your strategy to the market dynamics, under competitive pressure, and continuously improving your business practices. It’s about gaining the knowledge and insights necessary to make informed decisions, allocate resources effectively, and stay ahead of the competition in a rapidly evolving business environment. Embrace competitor analysis as a vital tool for your business success, and you’ll be well-positioned to thrive in even the most challenging of markets. Difference between direct and indirect competitors “Direct competition and indirect competitors are two different types of competitors market that businesses need to be aware of. Direct competitors are businesses that offer similar products or services to your company in the same market. For example, if you own a coffee shop, your direct competitors would be other coffee shops in your area. Indirect competitors, on the other hand, are businesses that offer different products or services to your business but still compete for your customers’ attention and money. For instance, if you own a coffee shop, your indirect competitors could be fast-food restaurants, convenience stores, or bookstores. Here is a more in-depth comparison of direct and indirect competitors: Direct competitors: Offer competitors sell similar products or services to your business Compete for the same customers and competitors websites Are usually located in the same geographic area Use similar marketing strategies Have similar pricing structures Indirect competitors: Offer different products or services to your business on competitors’ websites Compete for your own target markets, your target market, audience, and customers’ attention and money in different ways May be located in different geographic areas Use different marketing strategies Have different pricing model structures It is important to analyse both your direct and indirect competitors to get a complete picture of the competitive market landscape. By understanding your competitors’ strengths and weaknesses, you can develop a strategy to differentiate your business and gain a competitive advantage. For example, if you know that your direct competitors offer a product or service at lower prices, you may need to adjust your pricing strategy or offer additional value-added services to stay competitive. If you know that your indirect competitors are targeting a different customer base, you may need to adjust your marketing strategy to reach those customers. By conducting a thorough competitor analysis, you can gain valuable insights to help you make informed decisions about your business strategy. Why is competitor analysis important? Competitor analysis is a crucial business strategy that provides invaluable insights into the company’s competitive advantage, market share percentage, market trends and landscape and drives success. By analysing competitors, businesses can identify gaps in the market, uncover opportunities for differentiation, and stay abreast of industry trends and innovations. This enables them to make informed decisions, adapt to changing market dynamics, and gain a sustainable competitive advantage. Understanding competitors’ strengths and weaknesses allows businesses to benchmark their own performance, identify competitors, and pinpoint areas for improvement. This introspection helps identify internal inefficiencies, enhance processes, and optimise resource allocation. By continuously monitoring competitors, businesses can stay agile, respond swiftly to market shifts, and maintain a competitive edge. Competitor analysis also plays a pivotal role in developing effective marketing efforts and sales strategies. By analysing competitors’ marketing tactics, businesses can gain insights into successful approaches and potential areas of improvement. This knowledge empowers them to craft targeted marketing campaigns, optimise pricing strategies, and enhance customer acquisition efforts. Moreover, competitor analysis offers valuable insights into customer preferences and behaviour. By understanding what customers value and how they perceive and analyse competitors” offerings, businesses can tailor their products, services, and customer experiences to meet market demands more effectively. This customer-centric approach fosters brand loyalty, increases customer satisfaction, and drives business growth. In summary, competitor analysis is a vital tool that empowers businesses to make informed decisions, optimise their operations, and gain a competitive advantage. It enables businesses to stay ahead of the curve, capitalise on market opportunities, and achieve long-term success. Types of Competitor Analysis Competitor analysis can take various forms, each providing specific insights into different aspects of the competitive market because competitive analysis involves competitors’ markets themselves, and competitors’ strategies and performance. Here are some key types of competitor analysis: Market Research: Involves gathering data and insights about the overall market, industry trends, customer preferences, and demand patterns. It helps identify market opportunities, gaps, and growth potential. Product Analysis: Focuses sales team on evaluating competitors’ products or services. It includes comparing features, quality, pricing, design, and customer reviews. This competitive analysis of competitors’ pricing enables businesses to identify areas where they can differentiate their offerings. Sales Analysis: Examines competitors’ sales performance, market share, and revenue growth. By analysing sales data, businesses can gain insights into their key competitors” strengths and weaknesses in different market segments. Marketing Analysis: Assesses competitors’ marketing strategies, including branding, and offline advertising campaigns, their social media platforms, presence, and customer engagement tactics. This competitive analysis also helps businesses understand how competitors position their products, target customers, and communicate their value proposition. Financial Analysis: Involves reviewing competitors’ financial statements to assess their profitability, liquidity, and overall financial health. This competitive analysis also provides insights into potential competitors’ financial capabilities and potential vulnerabilities. By conducting these types of competitor analysis, businesses can gain a comprehensive understanding of their competitive landscape, identify opportunities for improvement, and develop strategies to gain a competitive advantage. How to conduct a competitor analysis This section will discuss how to conduct competitive analysis example, a competitor analysis and social media strategy. The key points of competition analysis that will be covered include identifying your competitors, gathering data about them, analysing the data, developing competitive analysis framework and a strategy, and monitoring your competitors. The first step in conducting a competitor analysis or target market research is to identify your competitors. This can be done by searching for businesses that offer similar products or services to your business in the same category or market. You can also find competitors by reading industry publications, attending trade shows, and talking to your customers. Once you have identified your competitors, you need to gather data about them. This data can include information about their products, services, marketing techniques, and financial performance. You can collect data about your competitors by visiting their websites, reading their marketing materials, and talking to their customers. After you have gathered data about your competitor’s pricing strategies, you need to analyse the data. This will help you identify your competitor’s products’ strengths and weaknesses. You can analyse the data using various tools, such as spreadsheets, charts, and graphs. Once you have analysed the data, you must develop a full marketing strategy to differentiate your business from your competitors. This can be done by identifying your unique selling proposition and creating a marketing plan highlighting your company’s strengths and weaknesses. Finally, you need to monitor your competitors’ social media, too. This will help you stay up-to-date on their latest products, services, and marketing techniques. You can monitor your competitors by following their various other social media channels, platforms and accounts, reading their industry publications, and attending trade shows. By following these steps, you can conduct a competitor analysis that will help you gain a competitive advantage. Benefits of competitor analysis Competitor analysis offers a wealth of advantages that can elevate your business to new heights. By closely examining your competitors, competitive analysis is important you gain a deeper understanding of the market landscape and identify market gaps that can be exploited. This knowledge empowers you to develop innovative products or services that cater to unmet needs, giving you a distinct edge in the competitive arena. Furthermore, competitor analysis provides invaluable insights into your competitors’ strengths and weaknesses. This information allows you to refine your strategies, capitalising on their vulnerabilities while fortifying your own’ market share and position too. Learning from their successes and avoiding their pitfalls can accelerate your growth and achieve sustained success. Staying abreast of industry trends is crucial for any business that wants to remain relevant and competitive. Competitor analysis serves as a powerful tool for monitoring the latest developments and innovations within your industry. By closely tracking your competitors’ moves, you can identify emerging trends early on and swiftly adapt your strategies to stay ahead of the curve. This forward-thinking approach ensures your business remains at the forefront of industry advancements and maintains its competitive advantage. Last but not least, competitor and competitive market analysis can help you uncover potential partners or collaborators who share similar goals or values. By doing competitive analyses and identifying businesses that complement your strengths and weaknesses, you can forge strategic alliances that multiply your impact and expand your reach and target audience. These collaborations can lead to groundbreaking innovations, shared resources, and increased market share, ultimately propelling your business to even greater heights. How LIKE.TG can assist with competitor analysis Harnessing the Power of LIKE.TG for In-Depth Competitor Analysis Within the dynamic business landscape, staying ahead of the competition requires meticulous competitor analysis. LIKE.TG emerges as a game-changer in this arena, empowering businesses with an array of tools and insights to gain a decisive edge. LIKE.TG serves as a robust customer relationship management (CRM) platform that goes beyond managing customer interactions. It empowers businesses to delve into competitor analysis, providing a centralised hub for tracking and comparing vital competitor data. This comprehensive approach allows businesses to monitor competitor products, services, marketing strategies, and financial performance with unparalleled precision. By consolidating competitor data into a single platform, LIKE.TG facilitates the identification of trends, patterns, and market opportunities. Customisable reports and interactive dashboards transform raw data into actionable insights, enabling businesses to make informed decisions and effectively communicate their findings. LIKE.TG’s capabilities extend beyond data consolidation. It offers a suite of tools that empower businesses to analyse competitor data and develop robust competitive strategies. Customer journey mapping becomes effortless, allowing businesses to visualise and comprehend customer interactions with their and competitors’ offerings. Additionally, SWOT analysis becomes a breeze, enabling businesses to pinpoint a competitor’s marketing efforts’ strengths and weaknesses, thereby devising strategies that exploit these vulnerabilities. The benefits of leveraging LIKE.TG for competitor analysis are multifaceted. Businesses can gain a decisive advantage by staying ahead of industry trends, identifying potential partners, and making data-driven decisions that set them apart from the competition. LIKE.TG has become an indispensable tool for businesses seeking to thrive in a fiercely competitive marketplace. LIKE.TG essentially empowers businesses to transform competitor analysis into a strategic advantage. By using competition analysis and harnessing its capabilities, companies can uncover new market opportunities, develop innovative products or services, and maintain a competitive edge that propels them towards sustained success.

					A Look at Sales Budgets & the 10 Steps to Creating One
A Look at Sales Budgets & the 10 Steps to Creating One
Sales budgets are essential for businesses that want to succeed. They provide a roadmap for financial success, helping businesses set realistic goals, allocate resources effectively, and make informed decisions. Without a sales budget, businesses are flying blind, and are more likely to make costly mistakes. Creating a sales budget doesn’t have to be complicated. By following a few simple steps, you can create a sales budget that will help you achieve your business goals and reach your expected sales. In this blog post, we will walk you through the process of creating a sales budget, and provide tips for best practices. We will also show you how to build your sales budget with LIKE.TG, a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tool. What is a sales budget? When you’re preparing a sales budget, you’ll find it acts as a financial roadmap that guides businesses toward achieving their sales objectives. It serves as a blueprint for revenue generation and expense management over a specific time period only, typically a year. By creating a sales budget, businesses gain a clear understanding of their financial trajectory and can allocate resources strategically to drive growth and profitability. Sales budgets play a pivotal role in setting realistic sales targets. They provide a benchmark against which actual performance can be measured, enabling businesses to assess their progress and make necessary adjustments. To continue, sales budgets facilitate informed decision-making in areas such as pricing, marketing, and hiring. By aligning financial resources with sales goals, businesses can optimise their operations and maximise returns. Beyond setting targets and allocating resources, sales budgets serve as valuable tracking tools. They allow businesses to monitor their financial performance closely, identify trends, and detect potential deviations from the projected path. This enables timely interventions and course corrections to ensure that the business stays on track towards achieving its financial objectives. To put it simply, a sales budget is a key financial tool that empowers businesses to navigate the competitive landscape with confidence. By providing a framework for strategic planning and informed decision-making, sales budgets contribute significantly to the success and sustainability of businesses. The Purpose of the Sales Budget Process Business can be a competitive landscape, which is why a sales budget is such a vital instrument for organisations to chart a course toward success. It’s not simply a compilation of financial statements and projections; it serves as a beacon, illuminating the path to growth, profitability, and sustainability. The primary purpose of a sales budgeting period therefore lies in its ability to transform aspirations into actionable strategies. It provides a framework for businesses to meticulously set achievable sales volumes, ensuring that they’re not just wishful thinking but realistic milestones. With these targets in place, businesses can then allocate resources judiciously, channelling them into the most promising avenues for revenue generation. A sales budget is not just a static financial document; it’s a tool that empowers organisations to navigate the ever-changing market landscape. It enables them to identify potential challenges and opportunities that lie ahead, ensuring they’re not caught off guard by unforeseen circumstances. With contingency plans in place, businesses can pivot swiftly, minimising risks and capitalising on emerging opportunities. A sales budget also helps to foster a culture of transparency and collaboration within an organisation. It serves as a shared roadmap, aligning the efforts of sales teams, finance departments, and other key stakeholders. By communicating sales targets and financial expectations, everyone is on the same page, working in unison towards a common objective. This alignment ensures that resources are utilised efficiently, eliminating waste and maximising returns. Essentially, a sales budget is an indispensable tool that propels businesses towards financial stability and sustained growth. It’s a compass guiding organisations through the complexities of the market, providing a clear direction and empowering them to make informed decisions. With a well-crafted sales budget in hand, businesses can navigate the challenges and seize the opportunities that lie ahead, positioning themselves for long-term success in the ever-evolving marketplace. What elements should a sales budget include? A sales budget is a crucial tool for businesses seeking financial success and sustainability. To ensure its effectiveness, several important elements must be incorporated into its design. Sales Projections: At the core of any sales budget lies the projection of future anticipated revenue. This involves analysing historical sales data, market trends, and industry forecasts to arrive at realistic and achievable sales targets. Accuracy in these sales forecast projections is essential, as they serve as the foundation for all subsequent budgeting decisions. Cost of Goods Sold: Determining the cost of goods sold (COGS) is another critical component of a sales budget. COGS encompasses the direct costs incurred in producing or acquiring the goods or services sold by the business. Understanding COGS allows businesses to calculate their gross profit and set appropriate pricing strategies. Sales Incentives and Commissions: Sales incentives and commissions contribute to motivating and rewarding sales personnel. These elements should be clearly defined in the sales budget, ensuring that compensation aligns with what the company expects sales-wise, performance, and organisational goals. Overhead Expenses: Overhead expenses encompass the indirect costs incurred in the sales process, operating expenses such as rent, utilities, salaries of the sales reps and support staff, and marketing expenses. Accurately budgeting for overhead expenses is essential to ensure the overall profitability of sales operations. By incorporating these necessary elements into a sales budget, businesses gain a comprehensive overview of their financial landscape. This enables them to make informed decisions, allocate resources effectively, and seize opportunities for growth and success. How to Prepare a Sales Budget To prepare a sales budget, businesses should begin by setting realistic sales goals. These goals should be based on historical sales figures, historical data used, market conditions, and industry trends. When setting sales goals, it is important to consider factors such as seasonality, competition, and economic conditions. Once sales goals have been established, businesses can begin estimating their expenses. This includes variable costs such as the cost of goods sold, sales commissions, and shipping, as well as fixed costs such as rent, utilities, and salaries. It is important to be thorough and accurate when estimating expenses, as this will impact the overall budget. After estimating expenses, businesses can allocate budget for new initiatives or projects. This could include investments in marketing, product development, or hiring additional staff. When allocating budget for new initiatives, or other budgets, it is important to consider the potential return on investment and the impact on the overall business strategy. Finally, businesses should create a timeline for annual budget, preparation, execution and review. This will help to ensure that the budget is implemented effectively and that any necessary adjustments are made in a timely manner. Regular budget reviews will also help businesses to identify trends, monitor progress, and make informed decisions about future investments. By following these steps, businesses can prepare a sales budget that will help them to achieve their financial goals and objectives. A well-prepared sales budget is essential for businesses of all sizes, as it provides a roadmap for financial success and sustainability. 10 steps to creating a sales budget Creating a sales budget is an essential step in planning for the success of your business. By following these ten steps, you can create a realistic sales budget that will help you achieve your financial goals. Set a Time FrameThe first step in creating a sales budget is to set a time frame. This could be a month, a quarter, or a year. Once you have set a time frame, you can start to gather the data you need to create your total net sales budget. Determine Your PricingNext, you need to determine your pricing. This will depend on a number of factors, including your competition, your target market, and your product or service. Once you have determined your pricing, you can start to calculate your projected revenue. Define Your Sales GoalsOnce you know your pricing, you can start to define your sales goals. These goals should be realistic and achievable. When setting your sales goals, it is important to consider your past, sales trends and performance, as well as your current market conditions. Estimate Your Sales VolumeThe next step is to estimate your sales volume. This can be done by using historical sales data, as well as market research and industry trends. When estimating your sales volume, it is important to be conservative. Calculate Your Cost of Goods SoldThe cost of goods sold (COGS) is the direct cost of producing your product or service. This includes the cost of materials, labour, and overhead. When calculating your COGS, it is important to be accurate. Factor in Sales Incentives and CommissionsIf you offer sales incentives or commissions, you need to factor these into your sales budget. Sales incentives and commissions can be a great way to motivate your sales team, but they can also add to your costs. Estimate Your Overhead ExpensesOverhead expenses are the indirect costs of doing business. This includes rent, utilities, salaries, and marketing. When estimating your overhead expenses, it is important to be thorough. Create a Timeline for Budget Execution and ReviewOnce you have a production and smaller sales budget spreadsheet and completed all of the above steps, you need to create a timeline for budget execution and review. This will help you stay on track and make sure that your sales budget is being followed. Monitor Your BudgetOnce your sales budget is in place, you need to monitor it regularly. This will help you identify any variances between your actual sales and your budgeted sales. By monitoring your sales budget process, you can make adjustments as needed. Adjust Your Budget as NeededYour sales budget is not set in stone. You may need to adjust it as needed throughout the year. This could be due to changes in your market conditions, your sales goals, or your costs. By being flexible with your budget, you can ensure that it remains realistic and achievable. Examples of Sales Budgets This section provides five examples of sales budgets, one for each of the following types of businesses: small business, large corporation, non-profit organisation, SaaS company, and startup. These examples are designed to help businesses understand the different elements that should be included in a sales budget and how to tailor a sales budget example to their specific needs. Small Business A small business sales budget might include the following elements:– Sales revenue: $100,000– Cost of goods sold: $50,000– Sales incentives and commissions: $10,000– Overhead expenses: $20,000 Large Corporation A large corporation’s sales budget might include the following elements:– Sales revenue: $1 billion– Cost of goods sold: $500 million– Sales incentives and commissions: $100 million– Overhead expenses: $200 million Non-Profit Organisation A non-profit organisation’s sales budget might include the following elements:– Sales revenue: $500,000– Cost of goods sold: $250,000– Sales incentives and commissions: $0– Overhead expenses: $100,000 SaaS Company A SaaS company sales budget might include the following elements of sales prices:– Sales revenue: $10 million– Cost of goods sold: $5 million– Sales incentives and commissions: $2 million– Overhead expenses: $3 million Startup A startup sales budget might include the following elements:– Sales revenue: $0– Cost of goods sold: $0– Sales incentives and commissions: $0– Overhead expenses: $50,000 These are just a few examples of sales budgets. The specific elements that should be included in a sales budget will vary depending on the type of business and its individual needs. Sales Budget Best Practices When it comes to sales budgeting, embracing certain best practices can elevate your organisation to new heights of financial success. One such practice is the adoption of rolling forecasts. This bold approach involves regularly updating your sales budget to reflect the latest market trends, customer behaviour, and economic conditions. By incorporating real-time data into your financial plan, you can make more informed decisions and stay ahead of the curve in a rapidly evolving business landscape. Another best practice is empowering your sales team to actively participate in the budget process. Their firsthand insights into customer interactions, market dynamics, and sales challenges can provide invaluable input for creating a realistic and achievable sales budget. By involving your sales team in the budgeting process, you foster a sense of ownership and accountability for sales price, aligning their efforts with the organisation’s strategic objectives. Regular monitoring and adjustment of your sales budget are essential to ensure its effectiveness. Regularly review actual sales performance against budgeted targets, and be prepared to make necessary adjustments based on market conditions and customer feedback. This proactive approach allows you to stay on track, identify potential deviations, and take corrective actions promptly. Leverage your monthly sales budget, as a tool for continuous improvement. Use quarterly budgets and reviews as an opportunity to analyse sales strategies, identify areas for optimisation, and implement changes that drive revenue growth and profitability. By fostering a culture of learning and adaptation, you can continuously refine your sales approach and increase your organisation’s financial performance. Lastly, embrace change and be willing to adjust your sales budget as needed. Unforeseen circumstances, such as economic downturns, industry shifts, or technological advancements, may necessitate revisions to your financial plan. By maintaining a flexible mindset and being open to change, you can ensure that your sales budget remains aligned with your organisation’s evolving needs and market realities. Building Your Sales Budget with LIKE.TG LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tool that can also be used to create and manage sales budgets. The Sales Budget Template from the AppExchange is a great starting point for creating a sales budget in LIKE.TG. This template includes pre-built reports and dashboards that make it easy to track your sales performance and adjust your budget as needed. In addition to the Sales Budget Template, you can also use LIKE.TG Reports to create custom reports on your sales data. These reports can be used to track a variety of metrics, such as total revenue made, expenses, and profits. You can also use LIKE.TG to create a custom dashboard that displays your sales data in a visual format. This makes it easy to see your sales performance at a glance and identify any areas that need improvement. The Opportunity Forecasting tool in LIKE.TG can be used for sales forecasts during a specific period of time. This tool takes into account a variety of factors, such as past sales data, current market conditions, and your sales pipeline. The Sales Performance Management tool in LIKE.TG can be used to track the performance of your sales team. This tool provides insights into your team’s activities, such as the number of calls they make, the number of emails they send, and the number of deals they close. By using LIKE.TG to create and manage your sales budget, you can gain a better understanding of your sales performance and make more informed decisions about your budget. LIKE.TG can help you improve your sales forecasting, track your sales team’s performance, and make adjustments to your budget as needed.

					Building Rapport With Customers: What is It?
Building Rapport With Customers: What is It?
Within the business profession, building strong customer rapport is no longer a “nice-to-have,” but a fundamental key to business success. Customer rapport refers to the mutually beneficial relationship built on trust, understanding, and positive interactions between a company and its customers. A key component of this is fostering successful business relationships, which hinge on the ability to empathise with and understand customers, thereby creating a partnership feel in all interactions. When businesses prioritise rapport-building, they unlock a treasure trove of benefits, including increased sales, enhanced customer loyalty, and a robust customer retention rate. Join us as we look further into the significance of customer rapport, explore proven strategies to establish it, and discover the transformative impact it can have on your business. The importance of customer rapport Customer rapport is the basis of business success, a bridge that connects businesses with their customers, fostering trust, loyalty, and mutual understanding. Building rapport is not simply a pleasant endeavour; it is an essential investment that reaps rich rewards. Meeting and exceeding customer expectations in this area not only fosters a sense of trust but also makes customers feel valued, encouraging open and constructive communication. When businesses prioritise rapport-building, they sow the seeds of customer satisfaction, a crucial element in retaining a loyal customer base. Satisfied customers are more likely to continue doing business with a company, becoming repeat customers who contribute to the company’s long-term growth and profitability. Exceeding customer expectations enhances customer loyalty by making the customer feel heard, understood, and valued, which is fundamental in fostering a positive relationship. Customer rapport also acts as a catalyst for increased sales and revenue. Customers who feel valued and understood are more receptive to a company’s offerings, often becoming willing advocates for the brand. They are more likely to make repeat purchases, engage in upselling opportunities, and spread positive word-of-mouth recommendations, transforming satisfied customers into brand ambassadors. Rapport is the bedrock of trust and credibility, vital qualities to have within business. When customers trust a company, they are more inclined to engage with its products or services, confident in the knowledge that they are dealing with a reliable and trustworthy entity. Credibility builds customer confidence, leading to increased brand loyalty and a willingness to invest in the company’s offerings. Positive word-of-mouth and referrals are the golden fruits of customer rapport, spreading a company’s reputation far and wide. Satisfied customers, enthusiastic about their positive experiences, become vocal advocates, sharing their experiences with friends, family, and colleagues. These unsolicited endorsements carry immense weight, often influencing the purchasing decisions of potential customers and expanding the company’s reach. Encapsulated, customer rapport is not just a desirable trait; it is a strategic imperative. By nurturing rapport, businesses unlock a treasure chest of benefits, including increased sales, customer loyalty, retention, trust, credibility, and positive word-of-mouth. Investing in customer rapport is an investment in the future of your business, paving the way for sustainable growth and enduring success. Why establish rapport with customers? Establishing rapport with customers is a pivotal strategy within the business for those wishing to achieve long-term success. It forms the bedrock of trust and credibility, the two indispensable mainstays of any flourishing business relationship. When customers perceive a genuine connection and a profound understanding from a business, they are more likely to develop a deep-seated sense of loyalty and become steadfast repeat customers. Rapport-building plays a pivotal role in elevating the overall customer experience and satisfaction. By actively listening to customers’ concerns, demonstrating empathy, and maintaining honesty and transparency, businesses create an environment where customers feel valued and understood. Showing genuine interest in customers’ needs and concerns further strengthens this rapport, ensuring that customers feel truly heard and appreciated. This positive customer experience translates into increased customer retention and loyalty, ultimately leading to business growth and success. Today various industries have become oversaturated, and customers are often inundated with choices. Rapport-building presents a unique opportunity for businesses to differentiate themselves from the competition. Customers often gravitate towards businesses that prioritise building personal connections, seeking a human touch amidst a sea of options. Establishing rapport allows businesses to stand out, creating a competitive edge that drives sales and revenue through repeat business and referrals. Rapport-building is an investment in the future of a business. It lays the groundwork for long-term customer relationships, fostering trust, loyalty, and satisfaction. Businesses that prioritise rapport-building reap the rewards of increased sales, customer retention, and competitive advantage, setting the stage for sustained success and growth. Rapport-building is a strategic investment in the future of a business. It’s a proactive approach to creating a positive customer experience, fostering loyalty, and gaining a competitive edge in a crowded marketplace. It’s a testament to the significance of human connection in business, where trust and understanding are the keys to unlocking long-term success. 10 Ways to build rapport with customers Building rapport with customers is an art that can be cultivated through deliberate efforts. Here are ten effective ways to establish rapport with your customers: Active Listening:Give your customers your undivided attention when they are speaking. Make eye contact, nod your head, and let them know that you are actively engaged in the conversation. A skilled call centre agent knows the importance of praising the customer during these interactions to create a positive experience. Empathy: Put yourself in your customers’ shoes and try to understand their perspective. Show that you care about their concerns and are genuinely interested in helping them. Mirroring the customer’s tone, except when aggressive, can significantly enhance this connection, demonstrating that you are in tune with their feelings. Handling Angry Customers: When faced with angry customers, allow them to express their frustrations without interruption. It’s crucial to build rapport by waiting for them to finish venting, then using empathy statements to acknowledge their situation and show understanding. Honesty and Transparency:Be truthful and open with your customers. Admit mistakes, take responsibility for errors, and be transparent about your business practices. Follow Through on Promises: Keep your promises and deliver on what you say you will do. This builds trust and shows that you are reliable and dependable. Go the Extra Mile: Exceed your customers’ expectations by going the extra mile. This could involve providing additional support, offering personalised recommendations, or simply taking the time to listen to their concerns during customer calls, ensuring a positive connection is established. Personalise the Experience: Address your customers by name and remember their preferences. This shows that you value them as individuals and that you are interested in building a relationship with them. Be Authentic:Be yourself and let your personality shine through. Customers are more likely to connect with you if they feel that they are interacting with a real person, not a corporate robot. Be Positive and Enthusiastic:A positive attitude is contagious. Show your customers that you are excited about your products or services and that you are passionate about helping them. Ask for Feedback: Encourage your customers to provide feedback, both positive and negative. This shows that you value their opinions and are committed to improving your business. By following these tips, you can build rapport with your customers and create a strong foundation for long-term business success. The benefits of building good customer rapport for customer satisfaction Building rapport with customers offers a plethora of advantages for businesses seeking success. One of the primary benefits is enhanced customer retention. When customers feel a strong connection to a business, they are more likely to remain loyal and continue doing business with them over time. This loyalty translates into repeat purchases, positive word-of-mouth referrals, and a stable customer base that serves as the foundation for sustained growth. Establishing this connection not only helps in creating loyal customers but also ensures that businesses can retain customers by building trust and providing positive experiences that encourage them to return. Another significant benefit of rapport-building is increased sales. Customers who trust and respect a business are more inclined to make purchases and invest in its products or services. They are also more receptive to upselling and cross-selling opportunities, recognising the value that the business offers. By fostering rapport, businesses can unlock the potential for increased revenue and profitability. Rapport-building also contributes to the development of strong brand loyalty. When customers feel a personal connection to a business, they become advocates for its brand. They are more likely to recommend the business to friends, family, and colleagues, expanding the reach of the business and attracting new customers. Positive word-of-mouth serves as a powerful marketing tool, enhancing brand recognition and reputation. A positive relationship with customers is an all-important step for this advocacy and referrals, highlighting the importance of genuine interactions and understanding the needs and preferences of the audience. Improved customer satisfaction is another key advantage of building rapport. When businesses prioritise rapport-building, customers feel valued, understood, and respected. This positive customer experience leads to higher satisfaction levels, resulting in increased customer retention and loyalty. Satisfied customers are more likely to provide positive feedback, enhancing the business’s credibility and reputation. Finally, rapport-building facilitates better problem resolution. When customers feel a strong connection to a business, they are more likely to be patient and understanding in the event of issues or challenges. They are also more receptive to solutions and resolutions proposed by the business, recognising the genuine effort to address their concerns. This smoother problem-resolution process further enhances customer satisfaction and loyalty. In conclusion, building customer rapport is an invaluable investment for businesses seeking long-term success. The benefits of rapport-building, including customer retention, increased sales, enhanced brand loyalty, improved customer satisfaction, and better problem resolution, are essential for businesses aiming to thrive in such a competitive market. By prioritising rapport-building, businesses can unlock the potential for sustained growth, profitability, and customer advocacy. Customer service with LIKE.TG for managing customer calls Customer service is the backbone of any successful business, and LIKE.TG offers a powerful suite of tools to help businesses deliver exceptional customer service. With LIKE.TG, businesses can manage customer interactions, track customer data, personalise customer interactions, automate customer service tasks, provide real-time customer support, and integrate with other business systems. LIKE.TG’s customer service capabilities start with its robust customer relationship management (CRM) platform. The CRM platform provides a centralised location for all customer data, including contact information, purchase history, and support tickets. This data can be used to create a complete view of each customer, which allows businesses to provide more personalised and relevant customer service. In addition to its CRM platform, LIKE.TG offers a variety of customer service tools that can help businesses improve their customer service operations. These tools include: – LIKE.TG Service Cloud: A cloud-based customer service platform that provides a comprehensive set of tools for managing customer interactions, including case management, knowledge management, and live chat. – LIKE.TG Einstein: An artificial intelligence (AI)-powered platform that can be used to automate customer service tasks, such as routing customer inquiries to the right agent and providing real-time customer support. – LIKE.TG Communities: A cloud-based platform that allows businesses to create online communities where customers can ask questions, share ideas, and get help from other customers and company representatives. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s customer service capabilities, businesses can improve their customer service operations, increase customer satisfaction, and drive business growth.

					Market Penetration: Complete Guide
Market Penetration: Complete Guide
Market penetration is a marketing strategy that aims to expand the market share of a product or service within an existing market. By implementing effective market penetration strategies, businesses can drive sales growth, enhance revenue streams, gain a competitive advantage, and successfully enter new markets. This comprehensive guide will delve into the concept of market penetration, exploring its benefits, challenges, and various calculation methods. We will also examine proven market penetration strategies and provide real-world examples to illustrate their successful application. Additionally, we will highlight the advantages of utilising market penetration strategies and clarify the distinction between market penetration and market share. Finally, we will explore how LIKE.TG can assist businesses in navigating the complexities of market penetration and achieving their growth objectives. What Is Market Penetration? Market penetration is a strategic marketing approach that aims to increase the market share of an existing product or service within a defined market. It involves identifying untapped opportunities and devising strategies to grow sales and expand market presence. By implementing market penetration strategies, businesses can drive revenue growth, gain a competitive advantage, and establish a solid market position. The concept of market penetration revolves around increasing the sales of a product or service that is already present in the market. This can be achieved either by attracting a larger number of customers or by increasing the frequency of purchases from existing customers. It involves leveraging pricing strategies, product differentiation, and enhanced marketing efforts to capture a larger portion of the market. Market penetration plays a vital role in the growth and success of businesses. By successfully implementing market penetration strategies, companies can gain a competitive advantage, increase their market share, and maximise revenue potential. It allows them to tap into new customer segments, expand their market reach, and reinforce their brand presence in the market. Benefits of market penetration Market penetration offers several benefits that contribute to the growth and success of businesses. Firstly, it increases brand awareness and reach. By increasing the visibility and presence of a product or service in the market, market penetration strategies help attract new customers and expand the customer base. This can be achieved through various channels such as advertising, promotions, and public relations, which create a stronger brand recognition and recall among consumers. Secondly, market penetration boosts sales and revenue. By increasing the market share of an existing product or service, businesses can generate higher sales volume and revenue. This growth can be attributed to the increased demand created by effective market penetration strategies, as well as the ability to tap into new customer segments and markets. Additionally, increasing sales and revenue can lead to improved profitability and financial stability for the business. Thirdly, market penetration helps businesses gain a competitive advantage over rivals. By effectively implementing market penetration strategies, businesses can differentiate their offerings, capture a larger market share, and establish a strong competitive position. This can be achieved through various means, such as offering competitive pricing, providing superior customer service, or introducing innovative features and benefits. By gaining a competitive advantage, businesses can increase their market dominance and protect their market position. Moreover, market penetration enables businesses to achieve economies of scale. By increasing production and sales volume, businesses can spread fixed costs over a larger number of units, resulting in lower average costs per unit. This cost efficiency can lead to improved profitability and increased operational efficiency. Economies of scale also allow businesses to invest in research and development, product improvements, and marketing initiatives, further enhancing their competitive advantage. Finally, market penetration contributes to building customer loyalty and retention. By consistently meeting or exceeding customer expectations through effective market penetration strategies, businesses can create a positive customer experience and foster long-term relationships with their customers. Satisfied customers are more likely to become repeat customers and advocates of the brand, leading to increased customer loyalty and retention. This, in turn, can contribute to sustainable business growth and profitability. Challenges of market penetration Market penetration is not without its challenges, particularly in mature industries characterised by intense competition. Let’s delve into the key challenges that companies may encounter in their pursuit of market penetration: Consumer Resistance to Change: Existing customers can be hesitant to switch from their current products or services to a new offering, especially if they are satisfied with the status quo. Overcoming consumer inertia requires businesses to demonstrate the compelling value proposition of their offering and effectively communicate the benefits of making the switch. This can involve educating customers about the superior features, quality, or cost-effectiveness of the new product or service. Insufficient Marketing and Promotion: Inadequate marketing and promotional efforts can hinder market penetration success. To capture the attention of potential customers and create awareness of the new offering, businesses must invest in robust marketing campaigns. This may include advertising, public relations, social media marketing, and other promotional activities. Failure to effectively communicate the value proposition and differentiate the product or service in the market can result in limited market penetration. High Costs: Market penetration can involve significant upfront costs, particularly in industries with high barriers to entry. These costs may include product development, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution. Companies must carefully assess the potential return on investment and ensure that the anticipated market share gains justify the expenses incurred. If the costs outweigh the benefits, market penetration may not be a viable strategy. Legal and Regulatory Barriers: Certain industries are subject to strict legal and regulatory requirements that can impact market penetration efforts. Compliance with these regulations can add complexity and cost to the market entry process. Businesses must thoroughly understand and adhere to all relevant laws and regulations to avoid legal complications and potential penalties. Failure to comply can hinder market penetration or even result in legal action. How to Calculate Market Penetration Calculating market penetration involves determining the percentage of a target market that is using your product or service. It provides insights into the success and reach of your product in the existing market. To calculate market penetration, you can use the following formula: Market Penetration = (Number of Customers Using Your Product or Service / Total Number of Potential Customers in the Target Market) x 100 For instance, if your business provides accounting software and you have 1,000 customers in a target market of 10,000 potential customers, your market penetration would be 10% (1,000 / 10,000 x 100). This indicates that 10% of the potential customers in the target market are using your accounting software. Calculating market penetration for a specific segment of the market is also possible by adjusting the formula. For example, if you want to determine the market penetration of your software among small businesses within your target market, you would replace the total number of potential customers with the number of small businesses in the target market. By calculating market penetration, you gain valuable insights into your product’s performance in the market and identify opportunities for growth. It helps you assess your market share, analyse customer behaviour, and make informed decisions to increase brand visibility, reach new customers, and drive revenue growth. Regularly monitoring and evaluating market penetration is crucial for staying competitive and adapting your marketing strategies to achieve long-term success. Market Penetration Strategies Market penetration strategies involve various techniques to increase the market share of an existing product or service within a specific market. Businesses can employ a mix of these strategies to achieve their growth objectives. 1. Pricing Strategies: Adjusting product or service prices can be a powerful market penetration strategy. Lowering prices can make the offering more attractive to a broader customer base, especially those who are price-sensitive. However, it’s essential to carefully consider the impact on profit margins and brand positioning. 2. Increased Marketing Efforts: Boosting marketing efforts is a direct approach to market penetration. This can include intensifying advertising campaigns, enhancing social media presence, implementing targeted promotions, and participating in industry events. By increasing brand visibility and awareness, businesses can attract new customers and expand their market reach. 3. Product Differentiation: Differentiating a product or service from competitors can create a unique selling proposition and attract new customers. This can be achieved through innovative features, superior quality, exceptional customer service, or unique packaging. By offering something distinct, businesses can capture a larger share of the existing market. 4. Expanded Distribution Channels: Expanding distribution channels increases product accessibility and convenience for customers. This can involve partnering with new retailers, establishing online sales channels, or exploring alternative distribution methods. By making the product or service more widely available, businesses can reach a larger audience and increase market penetration. 5. Acquiring Competitors: Acquiring competitors can be a strategic move to gain a larger market share quickly. By eliminating direct competition and combining resources, businesses can strengthen their market position and increase their overall market penetration. Example of Market Penetration In 2007, the introduction of the iPhone exemplified a successful market penetration strategy. Apple aimed to create a new market segment for high-end smartphones, tapping into the growing demand for cutting-edge technology and sleek design. By targeting early adopters who valued innovation, Apple was able to establish a strong foothold in the market. The iPhone’s market penetration strategy involved several key elements. Firstly, Apple positioned the iPhone as a premium product, emphasising its advanced features and stylish design. This differentiation allowed the company to command a higher price point, capturing a significant share of the high-end smartphone market. Secondly, Apple invested heavily in marketing campaigns that highlighted the iPhone’s unique features and user-friendly interface. This helped to create a buzz around the product and generate excitement among consumers. To further drive market penetration, Apple established strategic partnerships with mobile carriers, ensuring widespread availability of the iPhone. This made the device accessible to a larger customer base and accelerated its adoption. Additionally, Apple’s App Store provided a platform for developers to create innovative applications, enriching the iPhone’s functionality and enhancing its appeal to users. The success of the iPhone’s market penetration strategy can be attributed to Apple’s clear understanding of its target market, effective product differentiation, and strategic marketing efforts. By creating a compelling value proposition and leveraging partnerships, Apple was able to disrupt the smartphone industry and capture a significant market share. The iPhone’s success paved the way for the widespread adoption of smartphones and transformed the way people communicate, access information, and consume media. Why Utilise Market Penetration Strategies? Businesses should consider utilising market penetration strategies for several compelling reasons. Firstly, it enables businesses to expand brand awareness and visibility within their target market. By implementing effective marketing campaigns, businesses can reach a larger audience and increase the recognition of their product or service. This increased visibility can ultimately lead to a greater customer base and increased sales. Secondly, market penetration strategies assist in creating a competitive advantage. By differentiating their product or service, businesses can set themselves apart from competitors and capture a larger market share. This can be achieved through unique features, superior quality, or innovative marketing approaches. By establishing a competitive advantage, businesses can secure a stronger position in the market and gain an edge over their rivals. Thirdly, market penetration strategies can generate additional revenue and profits for businesses. By increasing their market share and reaching a wider customer base, businesses can boost their sales and revenue. Additionally, market penetration strategies can help businesses optimise their pricing strategies and increase their profit margins. Furthermore, market penetration strategies can facilitate entry into new markets. By identifying untapped opportunities and expanding their reach, businesses can explore new markets and customer segments. This can provide significant growth potential and help businesses diversify their revenue streams. Lastly, market penetration strategies contribute to increasing market share. By effectively implementing these strategies, businesses can strengthen their position in their existing market and capture a larger portion of the overall market demand. This can lead to increased brand recognition, customer loyalty, and long-term business success. In conclusion, market penetration strategies offer numerous advantages for businesses seeking growth and success. By increasing brand awareness, creating a competitive advantage, generating additional revenue, entering new markets, and increasing market share, businesses can strengthen their position in the industry and achieve long-term sustainability. What Is the Difference Between Market Penetration and Market Share? Market penetration and market share are two important marketing metrics that are often used to measure the success of a product or service. However, there is a key difference between the two metrics. Market penetration refers to the percentage of a target market that is captured by a product or service, while market share refers to the percentage of total sales in a market that is captured by a particular company or product. To put it simply, market penetration measures how well a product or service has penetrated a specific market, while market share measures how well a company is performing compared to its competitors in that market. For example, a company may have a high market penetration in a particular region, but a low market share if there are many other companies competing in that region. Both market penetration and market share are important metrics for businesses to track, as they can provide valuable insights into the performance of a product or service. Market penetration can help businesses to identify areas where they can improve their reach and capture a larger share of the market, while market share can help businesses to assess their competitive position and identify areas where they need to improve in order to gain a larger share of the market. By understanding the difference between market penetration and market share, businesses can develop more effective marketing strategies and make better decisions about how to allocate their resources. Does Market Penetration Increase Market Share? Understanding the connection between market penetration and market share is crucial for businesses aiming to thrive in competitive markets. While related, these concepts hold distinct meanings. Market penetration gauges the extent to which a product or service has permeated a specific target audience, indicating its acceptance and presence within that market. On the other hand, market share quantifies the proportion of total sales captured by a particular company or product in a given market. Increasing market penetration presents businesses with an opportunity to expand their customer base and strengthen their foothold within the target market. By effectively reaching a broader audience, businesses can position themselves for market share growth. However, it’s essential to recognise that market penetration alone does not guarantee a surge in market share. To capitalise on market penetration efforts and drive market share growth, businesses must adopt a holistic approach. This involves implementing strategies that enhance product differentiation, ensuring competitive pricing, launching effective marketing campaigns, and delivering exceptional customer service. By combining market penetration efforts with these complementary strategies, businesses increase their chances of capturing a larger market share and achieving sustainable growth. Regularly monitoring both market penetration and market share empowers businesses with valuable insights into their performance and competitive standing. These metrics serve as barometers of progress, enabling businesses to assess their effectiveness in reaching their target audience and identify areas for improvement. Armed with this knowledge, businesses can make informed decisions to strengthen their market presence, stay ahead of competitors, and adapt their strategies to capture a larger slice of the market. In essence, market penetration and market share are intertwined metrics that provide businesses with a comprehensive understanding of their position within a competitive landscape. By leveraging market penetration efforts and implementing complementary strategies, businesses can drive market share growth and achieve long-term success. How LIKE.TG can help you navigate Market Penetration LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) platform that can help businesses navigate market penetration and achieve their growth objectives. With its comprehensive suite of features and tools, LIKE.TG empowers businesses to gain a comprehensive view of their customers and market, identify market penetration opportunities, streamline their sales and marketing processes, personalise their customer engagements, and measure the success of their market penetration strategies. LIKE.TG provides businesses with a 360-degree view of their customers, enabling them to understand their needs, preferences, and buying behaviour. This information can be leveraged to identify market penetration opportunities and target specific customer segments with tailored marketing campaigns. Additionally, LIKE.TG offers robust sales and marketing automation tools that help businesses streamline their processes, improve efficiency, and increase productivity. By automating tasks such as lead generation, opportunity management, and email marketing, businesses can focus their efforts on building relationships with customers and driving revenue growth. Personalisation is key to successful market penetration, and LIKE.TG enables businesses to deliver personalised customer experiences at scale. With its advanced segmentation and targeting capabilities, businesses can create personalised marketing campaigns and offers that resonate with their target audience. LIKE.TG also provides tools for tracking customer interactions and preferences, allowing businesses to continuously refine their marketing efforts and provide a seamless customer experience. Measuring the success of market penetration strategies is crucial for making informed decisions and optimising performance. LIKE.TG offers powerful analytics and reporting tools that enable businesses to track key performance indicators (KPIs) such as market share, customer acquisition cost, and return on investment (ROI). With LIKE.TG, businesses can gain insights into the effectiveness of their market penetration efforts and make data-driven decisions to improve their strategies. In conclusion, LIKE.TG is an invaluable tool for businesses looking to navigate market penetration and achieve growth. With its comprehensive features and capabilities, LIKE.TG empowers businesses to gain a deep understanding of their customers and market, identify opportunities, streamline their processes, personalise their engagements, and measure their success. By leveraging the power of LIKE.TG, businesses can effectively execute their market penetration strategies and gain a competitive edge in their target markets.

					Prospect vs Lead vs. Sales Opportunity: The Differences
Prospect vs Lead vs. Sales Opportunity: The Differences
Understanding the differences between leads, prospects, and sales opportunities is crucial for businesses looking to optimise their sales processes and boost revenue. By effectively managing these distinct stages of the sales funnel, organisations can allocate resources efficiently, prioritise high-potential opportunities, and ultimately increase their chances of closing deals. The sales team plays a pivotal role in building business relationships with leads, prospects, and sales opportunities, which is essential for nurturing and closing sales effectively. This article aims to clarify the distinctions among leads, prospects, and sales opportunities, emphasising the significance of each and providing practical tips to help businesses navigate the sales funnel successfully, with sales reps playing a key role in optimising the sales process through effective lead qualification and prioritisation. What is a lead? Within the sales space, the concept of a lead holds immense significance. A lead refers to an individual or an organisation that has expressed interest in a specific product or service, indicating they may be a potential customer. These leads are often generated through various marketing endeavours, including advertising campaigns, engaging social media content, or targeted email marketing initiatives. Not all leads are created equal. Some leads possess a higher likelihood of converting into loyal customers, while others may require more nurturing and attention to transition from a lead to a potential customer who requires nurturing. The quality of a lead is influenced by a myriad of factors, including the industry they belong to, the size of their organisation, and their financial capabilities. Recognising and prioritising high-quality leads is essential for optimising sales strategies and maximising conversion rates. Effectively managing sales leads is crucial in optimising sales strategies and ensuring the sales funnel is populated with more qualified opportunities. Nurturing leads throughout the sales process is of paramount importance. This involves providing them with valuable information about the product or service, promptly addressing their inquiries and concerns, and consistently building a relationship of trust and credibility. By effectively nurturing leads, businesses can significantly enhance their chances of converting them into satisfied customers, fostering long-term loyalty and driving business growth. What is a prospect? A prospect is a lead who has been qualified as being more likely to convert into a customer through a meticulous qualification process. This process assesses a lead’s interest level, budget, authority to make a purchase decision, and timeline, ensuring they are a good fit for the company’s product or service. Prospects are typically identified through lead qualification, which involves evaluating these factors to determine the suitability of leads for specific offerings. There are a number of ways to identify prospects. One common method is to use a lead scoring system, which assigns points to leads based on their demographics, firmographics, and behaviour. Leads with a high score are then considered to be prospects. Another way to identify prospects is to use a qualification questionnaire. This questionnaire asks leads a series of questions about their needs, budget, and timeline. Leads who answer the questions in a way that indicates that they are a good fit for the company’s product or service are then considered to be prospects. Once a lead has been qualified as a prospect, it is crucial to engage in lead nurturing. This involves building relationships with potential customers and guiding them through the buyer’s journey by providing targeted, valuable content and communication. This keeps leads engaged and helps differentiate between leads and prospects based on deeper relationship development and qualification. By nurturing prospects effectively, you can increase the chances of converting them into customers. This can lead to increased sales and revenue for your business. Here are some tips for nurturing prospects: Provide them with valuable content. This could include blog posts, white papers, webinars, and case studies. Respond to their inquiries promptly. This shows that you are interested in their business and that you are willing to help them. Build a relationship of trust and credibility. This can be done by being honest, transparent, and reliable. By following these tips, you can increase the chances of converting prospects into customers and growing your business. What is a sales opportunity? A sales opportunity is a qualified lead that has the potential to become a customer. Sales opportunities are typically identified through a process of opportunity qualification, which involves assessing a prospect’s needs, budget, and timeline for making a purchase. This process includes opportunity level qualification to determine if the prospect could effectively implement the company’s offering and benefit from the product or service at the opportunity level, before proceeding to the stakeholder level. Once a prospect has been qualified as a sales opportunity, it is important to track and manage it through the sales process. This involves developing a sales strategy, creating a timeline, and assigning resources to the opportunity. It is also important to regularly update the status of the opportunity and to communicate with the prospect throughout the process, with the ultimate goal of converting them into paying customers. By tracking and managing sales opportunities, businesses can increase their chances of closing deals and growing their revenue. There are a number of software tools that can be used to track and manage sales opportunities, such as customer relationship management (CRM) systems. Here are some of the benefits of tracking and managing sales opportunities: Improved sales forecasting: By tracking sales opportunities, businesses can get a better understanding of their sales pipeline and forecast their future revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about staffing, marketing, and product development. Increased sales efficiency: By managing sales opportunities effectively, businesses can streamline their sales process and reduce the amount of time it takes to close deals. This can lead to increased sales productivity and profitability. Improved customer satisfaction: By tracking and managing sales opportunities, businesses can ensure that they are providing their customers with the best possible experience. This can lead to increased customer satisfaction and loyalty. Overall, tracking and managing sales opportunities is essential for businesses that want to grow their revenue and improve their customer satisfaction. The importance of differentiating leads, prospects, and opportunities Understanding the differences between leads, prospects, and opportunities is critical for sales teams to optimise their sales process and allocate resources effectively. By properly segmenting individuals and organisations based on their level of interest and qualification, including organisation level qualification, sales teams can tailor their approach and focus on the most promising opportunities. Differentiating leads, prospects, and sales opportunities enables sales teams to: Prioritise efforts: By identifying qualified leads and prospects, including conducting stakeholder level qualification to ensure the contact has the authority to make purchasing decisions, sales teams can prioritise their efforts on individuals and organisations most likely to convert into customers. This allows them to allocate their time and resources more effectively, focusing on the most promising opportunities. Tailor outreach: Understanding the specific needs and interests of leads and prospects allows sales teams to tailor their outreach and messaging accordingly. This increases the relevance and effectiveness of their communication, leading to higher engagement and conversion rates. Improve sales forecasting: Accurate differentiation between leads, prospects, and sales opportunities, while ensuring organisation-level qualification is met, helps sales teams make informed forecasts about their sales pipeline. By tracking the progression of individuals and organisations through the sales funnel, sales teams can better predict revenue and make strategic decisions about resource allocation. Enhance customer experience: By understanding the unique requirements and expectations of leads, prospects, and customers, including the importance of stakeholder-level qualification, sales teams can provide a personalised and exceptional customer experience. This fosters positive relationships, increases customer satisfaction, and ultimately drives business growth. In summary, differentiating leads, prospects, and sales opportunities, with a keen focus on organisation level qualification and stakeholder level qualification, is essential for sales teams to optimise their sales process, target the right individuals and organisations, and deliver a superior customer experience. By leveraging this knowledge, sales teams can significantly increase their chances of success and achieve their revenue goals. Lead vs. prospect Leads and prospects are two important terms in sales and marketing, but they represent different stages in the sales funnel and have distinct characteristics. To effectively manage your sales pipeline, it’s crucial to understand the differences between leads and prospects. Leads are typically individuals or organisations that have shown some initial interest in your product or service. They may have visited your website, downloaded a brochure, or attended a webinar. At this stage, leads may not be fully aware of your company or its offerings, and they may require more nurturing and education to become sales-qualified leads. On the other hand, prospects are leads who have been qualified as having a higher likelihood of converting into customers. They have been identified as a good fit for your product or service based on various criteria, such as their industry, budget, and timeline for making a purchase. Prospects are typically further along in the sales funnel and are more familiar with your company and its offerings. They may be actively considering your product or service as a solution to their needs. The key difference between leads and prospects lies in their level of qualification. While leads are a broader group of individuals who have expressed some interest in your company, prospects are those leads who have been vetted and determined to be more likely to make a purchase. By understanding the distinction between leads and prospects, you can tailor your sales and marketing efforts accordingly. Leads may require more nurturing and educational content to move them further down the sales funnel, while prospects may be ready for more detailed product demonstrations and discussions about pricing. By segmenting your audience and personalising your outreach, you can increase your chances of converting leads into customers. Lead vs. opportunity In the sales process, leads and opportunities are two crucial concepts that represent different stages of the customer journey. While leads indicate an initial expression of interest in a product or service, opportunities represent prospects who have been deemed more likely to make a purchase. Understanding the distinction between leads and opportunities is vital for optimising sales strategies and focusing efforts on the most promising prospects. Leads are often generated through various marketing initiatives, such as advertising, social media engagement, or website visits. These individuals or organisations have shown some level of interest, but their level of engagement and purchase intent may still be uncertain. To convert leads into customers, it’s essential to nurture them through the sales funnel by providing relevant information, addressing concerns, and building trust. On the other hand, opportunities signify a more advanced stage in the sales process. These are leads that have been carefully qualified based on specific criteria, indicating a higher likelihood of converting into customers. Identifying opportunities involves assessing factors such as the prospect’s needs, budget, timeline, and decision-making authority. By focusing resources on qualified opportunities, sales teams can prioritise their efforts and allocate resources more effectively. The key difference between leads and opportunities lies in their level of qualification and readiness to purchase. Leads require more nurturing and cultivation to move them further down the sales funnel, while opportunities demand more focused attention and tailored sales strategies. By understanding this distinction, sales professionals can optimise their approach, improve lead conversion rates, and ultimately drive revenue growth. Stages of a sales opportunity The stages of a sales opportunity are prospecting, qualifying, needs analysis, proposal, and closing. Prospecting is the initial stage of the sales process where potential customers are identified and contacted. This can be done through various channels such as cold calling, email marketing, social media, or networking. The goal of prospecting is to generate leads, which are individuals or organisations that have shown some interest in the product or service. Qualifying is the process of evaluating leads to determine their potential for converting into customers. This involves assessing factors such as the lead’s budget, timeline, and decision-making authority. The goal of qualifying is to identify prospects, which are leads who have a higher likelihood of making a purchase. Needs analysis is the stage where the salesperson gathers information about the prospect’s specific needs and requirements. This involves asking questions, listening actively, and understanding the prospect’s pain points. The goal of needs analysis is to identify the prospect’s key challenges and tailor the product or service to meet their specific needs. Proposal is the stage where the salesperson presents a customised solution to the prospect’s needs. This typically involves creating a proposal that outlines the product or service, the benefits it offers, and the terms of the sale. The goal of the proposal is to convince the prospect that the product or service is the best solution for their needs and to obtain a commitment to purchase. Closing is the final stage of the sales process where the salesperson finalises the sale and collects payment. This involves negotiating the terms of the sale, obtaining signatures on contracts, and processing payment. The goal of closing is to complete the sale and turn the prospect into a customer. By understanding and effectively managing each stage of the sales opportunity, businesses can increase their chances of closing deals and growing their revenue. Keep tabs on your leads, prospects, and opportunities with LIKE.TG LIKE.TG is a powerful Customer Relationship Management (CRM) platform that can help you manage your leads, prospects, and opportunities more effectively. With LIKE.TG, you can: Create custom fields and reports to track the specific information you need about your leads, prospects, and opportunities. Automate tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or creating new leads, to save time and effort. Access your data from anywhere, on any device, so you can always stay up-to-date on your sales pipeline. LIKE.TG can also help you qualify leads and move them through the sales process more efficiently. By using LIKE.TG, you can: Score leads based on their level of interest and likelihood to convert. Create and manage sales campaigns to target specific leads and prospects. Track the progress of your leads and prospects through the sales process. With LIKE.TG, you can get a complete view of your sales pipeline and make informed decisions about how to best allocate your resources. This can help you close more deals and grow your business. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can be used to track leads, prospects, and opportunities: A real estate agent can use LIKE.TG to track the leads they generate from open houses, online listings, and referrals. They can create custom fields to track the lead’s contact information, property preferences, and budget. They can also automate tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or creating new leads, to save time and effort. A car salesperson can use LIKE.TG to track the leads they generate from car shows, online ads, and referrals. They can create custom fields to track the lead’s contact information, vehicle preferences, and budget. They can also automate tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or creating new leads, to save time and effort. A software salesperson can use LIKE.TG to track the leads they generate from trade shows, webinars, and online ads. They can create custom fields to track the lead’s contact information, company information, and IT needs. They can also automate tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or creating new leads, to save time and effort. These are just a few examples of how LIKE.TG can be used to track leads, prospects, and opportunities. With LIKE.TG, you can get a complete view of your sales pipeline and make informed decisions about how to best allocate your resources. This can help you close more deals and grow your business.

					What Is Sales Reporting? Steps and Tips for Success
What Is Sales Reporting? Steps and Tips for Success
Sales reporting is a critical component of any business’s sales strategy. It provides valuable insights into sales performance, customer behaviour, and market trends. This information can then be used to make informed decisions about how to improve sales and achieve business goals. In this blog post, we will discuss the importance of sales reporting and provide tips on how to create effective sales reports. We will also explore how LIKE.TG can be used to track sales performance and generate reports. What is sales reporting? Sales reporting is a critical process that involves collecting, analysing, and presenting data related to sales activities and performance. By leveraging sales reporting, businesses gain valuable insights into sales trends, customer behaviour patterns, and the effectiveness of their sales strategies. This information empowers decision-makers to make informed choices, optimise sales strategies, and ultimately drive revenue growth. Effective sales reporting goes beyond mere data presentation; it involves a comprehensive understanding of the sales process, key performance indicators (KPIs), and market dynamics. It enables businesses to identify strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities within their sales operations. Sales reporting also facilitates data-driven decision-making, allowing businesses to allocate resources efficiently, set realistic sales goals, and measure progress towards achieving those goals. In essence, sales reporting serves as a compass, guiding businesses through the ever-changing sales landscape. By harnessing the power of data and analytics, businesses can gain a competitive edge, improve sales performance, and ultimately achieve long-term success. Benefits of sales reporting Sales reporting is a powerful tool that can transform a business’s performance and drive success. It empowers businesses to make informed decisions grounded in accurate and timely data. This data-driven approach enables effective resource allocation, prioritisation of sales efforts, and optimisation of sales strategies. By leveraging sales reporting, businesses gain invaluable insights into their sales performance. They can identify top-performing sales representatives, products, and strategies, as well as areas in need of improvement. Armed with this knowledge, businesses can make targeted adjustments and enhancements to accelerate sales growth. Moreover, sales reporting uncovers trends and patterns in customer behaviour, market dynamics, and sales performance. Recognising these trends allows businesses to anticipate market shifts, swiftly adapt their sales strategies, and seize emerging opportunities. This proactive approach provides a competitive edge and positions businesses for long-term success. Setting realistic sales goals is essential for sales success, and sales reporting plays a pivotal role in this process. By analysing historical sales data and market trends, businesses can establish achievable sales targets aligned with their broader business objectives. Realistic sales goals inspire sales teams, enhance performance, and ensure that sales efforts are focused on attainable outcomes. Finally, sales reporting contributes to improved sales forecasting accuracy. By analysing past sales data, businesses can make informed predictions about future sales trends and revenue projections. This enables confident planning of resources, inventory management, and strategic decision-making. Accurate sales forecasting minimises risks, optimises operational efficiency, and supports sustainable business growth. In essence, sales reporting is a cornerstone of sales success. It provides businesses with the insights, knowledge, and tools to make informed decisions, optimise sales strategies, and achieve sustained growth. 10 steps to create a sales report Crafting an effective sales report requires a systematic approach that encompasses data collection, analysis, and presentation. Follow these 10 steps to ensure your sales report delivers valuable insights and drives informed decision-making: Identify Your Target Audience and Sales Metrics: Clearly define the intended readers of your sales report. Are you reporting to senior management, sales representatives, or cross-functional teams? This will determine the level of detail and the key performance indicators (KPIs) you include. Collect the Necessary Data: Gather relevant data from various sources, including customer relationship management (CRM) systems, sales automation tools, and financial records. Ensure you have accurate and up-to-date information to draw accurate conclusions. Organise the Data: Structure your data logically to make it easily understandable. Categorise information based on time periods, product lines, sales regions, or other relevant criteria. Use Visual Aids: Incorporate visual elements such as charts, graphs, and tables to present data in a visually appealing and easily digestible manner. Visual aids enhance the report’s readability and enable quick identification of trends and patterns. Write a Clear and Concise Summary: Begin your report with a concise executive summary that highlights the key findings and recommendations. This overview should provide a quick glimpse into the report’s main takeaways for busy readers. Provide Context and Analysis: Present your data within the context of your organisation’s goals and objectives. Analyse the data to identify trends, patterns, and areas for improvement. Support your analysis with relevant industry benchmarks or historical performance data. Highlight Success Stories and Challenges: Feature success stories of top-performing sales representatives or teams. Conversely, identify challenges and obstacles faced by the sales team and suggest potential solutions. Include Actionable Recommendations: Conclude your report with actionable recommendations based on your analysis. These recommendations should be specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART). Proofread and Edit: Carefully review your report for any errors in data, grammar, or formatting. Ensure the report is visually appealing and consistent in style and tone. Distribute and Follow Up: Share the report with the intended audience and follow up to ensure they understand and utilise the insights provided. Encourage feedback and foster a culture of continuous improvement. Sales reporting tips for success Creating insightful and effective sales reports requires careful attention to various factors. Here are some essential tips to help you achieve success in sales reporting: Set Clear Goals and Objectives: Define the primary purpose of your sales report and align it with specific goals and objectives. Knowing the intended use of the report will guide the selection and presentation of relevant data. Use a Consistent Reporting Format and Structure: Establish a standardised format and structure for your sales reports. Consistency enhances readability, facilitates comparisons, and enables users to easily locate the information they need. Keep Your Reports Concise and Easy to Read: Avoid overwhelming your audience with excessive data. Present only the most relevant information and use a clear, concise writing style. Bullet points, tables, and charts can help make your reports more readable and visually appealing. Visualise Your Data with Charts and Graphs: Visuals such as charts and graphs can effectively convey complex data and trends. They make it easier for readers to understand the information and identify patterns or outliers. Distribute Your Reports to the Right People at the Right Time: Ensure that your sales reports reach the intended recipients at an appropriate time. Consider the frequency and timing of report distribution to maximise their impact and relevance. Follow Up and Monitor Progress: Sales reporting should not end with the distribution of reports. Regularly monitor the implementation of recommendations and actions taken based on the report findings. This follow-up process ensures that insights from sales reporting are translated into tangible improvements. By adhering to these tips, you can enhance the effectiveness of your sales reporting and unlock its full potential to drive business success. Sales reporting with LIKE.TG In addition to manual data entry, sales teams can leverage LIKE.TG’s robust reporting capabilities to automate the sales reporting process. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of reporting tools that enable businesses to track and analyse their sales performance in real time. These tools include: LIKE.TG Reports: LIKE.TG reports provide a customisable way to view and analyse sales data. Users can create reports based on various criteria, such as product, region, or sales representative. Reports can be presented in different formats, including tables, charts, and graphs. LIKE.TG Dashboards: LIKE.TG dashboards provide a visual representation of sales data. Dashboards can be customised to include key performance indicators (KPIs), such as revenue, sales volume, and win rate. Dashboards allow users to quickly and easily monitor sales performance and identify trends. LIKE.TG Automation: LIKE.TG automation can be used to generate sales reports automatically. This can save sales teams time and effort and ensure that reports are accurate and up-to-date. LIKE.TG automation can also be used to trigger alerts when certain KPIs are met or exceeded. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s reporting capabilities, sales teams can gain valuable insights into their sales performance. This information can be used to make informed decisions, improve sales strategies, and ultimately drive revenue growth.

					Supercharge Selling With Trusted AI
Supercharge Selling With Trusted AI
Whether you’re a startup that has just landed your first customer or an enterprise with billions in revenue, AI can revolutionise your sales process and take your performance to new heights. The pressure on sales teams to perform and drive revenue growth is ever present. However, in a tough economic environment, there’s a greater focus on productivity. Success increasingly depends on the efficiency with which sales reps make decisions and move deals from prospect to close. Einstein 1 Sales makes it faster to do both with built-in data and trusted AI. It automates sales tasks and surfaces insights that guide sellers to close fast. Here, we unpack how Einstein 1 Sales can supercharge selling and share how Canva has optimised its sales process for productivity and growth. Trusted AI starts with a foundation of data Before we can talk about AI, we need to talk about data. Within most organisations, there’s a treasure trove of data that can help sales teams drive deals forward. There’s the typical information on accounts, leads, and opportunities within the CRM database. There’s information resulting from emails and video calls as well as clicks on the website or calls to the service desk. There are also external data signals from the news and social media. To fuel decisions and productivity, this data needs to be connected and that’s what LIKE.TG does with Data Cloud. Included in Einstein 1 Sales, Data Cloud harmonises and surfaces actionable insights in an organisation’s CRM. So sales teams get full pipeline visibility, forecast with confidence and unlock data driven upsell and cross-sell opportunities. Most importantly, with a strong data foundation in place, sales teams can unlock the insights and efficiencies made possible by AI. Einstein 1 Sales increases productivity across the sales process Imagine a world with no more manual tasks and having your own dedicated sales admin that takes notes, writes emails, conducts research, and updates your CRM so you can focus on your customers. Einstein 1 Sales brings sales teams closer to this world, providing opportunities across the sales process to increase productivity with AI. Take Einstein Copilot. A conversational assistant powered by generative AI, Einstein Copilot can answer questions, summarise and create content, interpret complex conversations, and dynamically automate tasks. Sales reps can ask Einstein Copilot for forecasting guidance and to flag deals that require attention in order to hit quota. They can ask for research and personalised action plans to close deals. Sales reps can also ask Einstein Copilot to draft emails and update opportunity records. Einstein Conversation Insights is another AI-driven solution that helps increase productivity and advance deals. It provides actionable insights from sales calls so reps can better understand customer needs and tailor their approach. It also identifies trending topics or areas of competitive risk. Sales Programs help increase revenue and efficiency Operationalising sales programs can help reps be more productive at scale. That’s why we have applied AI and automation to make this easier than ever. With Sales Programs, organisations can quickly launch programs to enter new markets, compete more effectively, or simply onboard new reps. Program resources and AI-powered coaching are delivered to reps in their flow of work. They can see exactly what they need to do to succeed and they have everything they need to perform those activities right in their CRM. Sales Programs also makes it easy for managers to set targets and track rep engagement. With program analytics, managers can also capture data needed to iterate on sales programs and continuously improve rep performance. Canva optimises sales process and prioritises AI Canva, the online visual communication and collaboration platform, has used Sales Cloud to optimise its sales process and supercharge selling to the enterprise. James Brady, Head of Strategic Accounts at Canva, said bringing all enterprise workflows onto LIKE.TG had been a huge focus and helped the team in a number of ways. “First, LIKE.TG speeds up our business processes. Secondly, it gives us a 360 degree view of our customers so we can better serve their needs. And finally, it gives our reps time back which they can spend with their customers,” said Brady. “One really exciting thing is we’re also integrating our own product directly into LIKE.TG. So soon reps will be able to generate an entire custom Canva presentation and autofill the LIKE.TG data in just one click,” he added. Brady shared that AI is a massive priority for the company, including within its own platform. It has launched Magic Studio, a suite of AI tools designed to empower teams to create compelling content at scale. The sales team is excited by the potential of applying AI to its own processes and about using Sales Cloud Anywhere to reduce swivel chair and access CRM data right from within email or when browsing the web. Learn more about how you can supercharge sales with trusted AI. Watch the on-demand session on LIKE.TG+ and download our report on Trends in Generative AI.

					Sales AI: The Future of Artificial Intelligence in Sales
Sales AI: The Future of Artificial Intelligence in Sales
We surveyed thousands of marketing leaders about today’s marketing trends. What did we find? Marketers ranked artificial intelligence (AI) implementation as both their number one priority and number one headache — highlighting its pivotal role as both a beacon of promise and a daunting challenge. Key takeaways from our new State of Marketing report To some, the words “new era” mean big ideas and fresh innovations. To others, it means unanswered questions, uncharted territory, and unsolved challenges. No matter which camp you find yourself in, we’re all trying to build better relationships that move our business forward. We surveyed marketers about how they are tackling this new era. The results found in our new State of Marketing report reveal trends that are impacting marketers —emerging AI, data unification, and personalisation tools — and the challenges they face to continue to create customer connections in a new era. Let’s take a look at highlights from the report. 1. Successful AI implementation leads 2024 marketing trends There’s a difference between AI implementation and successful AI implementation. In our survey, only 34% of marketers are completely satisfied with their efforts to reap the value of AI. Even fewer are fully satisfied with their attempts at unifying customer data to improve the customer experience. The two go hand in hand. Unlike other marketing trends and technologies, AI isn’t a standalone tool. It can touch and impact almost every aspect of a marketing strategy. Looking to build better personalisation? Predictive AI can forecast customer behaviour and trends, allowing businesses to anticipate needs and tailor their strategies accordingly. Curious about how to create engaging content quickly? Generative AI generates various types of content at scale based on data analysis and natural language processing algorithms. Our report found that 71% of marketers plan to use both predictive and generative AI within the next 18 months. While marketers are embracing AI, they’re also considering associated risks — data risks in particular. Marketers are focused on making AI successful with the right data but are concerned about its integrity, protection, and customer trust as adoption ramps up. But it’s not just data that keeps marketers on their toes. One in four team leads is worried about generative AI replacing human workers.However, unlocking AI’s full potential requires a strategic fusion of human expertise and cutting-edge technology. What better AI means for marketers Predictive insights, segmentation, and content generation is just the beginning when it comes to better AI. But don’t let the magnitude of AI scare you away — or worse, jump in without a vision. Start small and focus on solving a specific, well-defined problem that aligns with your organisation’s goals and capabilities. Gradually scale up as you gain experience and insights from initial deployments. There’s power in experimentation — as long as it’s followed by implementation. 2. Trustworthy data powers genuine customer connection More than two thirds (68%) of customers said advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. And 98% of marketers say trustworthy data is more important in times of change. Marketers who prioritise trustworthy data may just have a head start in the new era. Trustworthy data is free from errors, biases, or manipulation, and adheres to established standards and best practices for data collection, storage, and usage. Access to this data builds better external and internal relationships. Externally, it allows you to build better connections with your customers, and a foundation built on trust and fulfilled expectations. When you have a clean set of data, you know you’re making decisions based on accurate, up-to-date information. It allows you to personalise messages and put the customer first in marketing decisions, knowing that you’ve got a complete picture of their journey and preferences. Personalisation isn’t just one of the hot marketing trends today — it’s the expectation. Internally, marketers are using trustworthy data to track and assign value to accounts and move sales forward through approaches like account-based marketing, which require close marketing and sales team collaboration. Our survey found that marketers use an average of nine different tactics across the customer experience to collect this data, with customer service data, transactional data, mobile apps, website registration/account creation, and loyalty programs topping the list. It’s clear that there’s no shortage of data. Putting that data to work is the challenge. As third-party cookies are deprecated and AI continues to develop, marketers are trying to bring that data together into a holistic understanding of customers. But how important is data if you can’t act on it when you need it? More than half of marketers can get real-time data, but they need technical assistance to activate it. What better data means for marketers The right data is the backbone to actionable customer profiles, analytics, and decision-making — actionable as the key differentiator. Centralised data management platforms that aggregate and harmonise data from various sources in real-time are that much more critical as marketers navigate new marketing trends. 3. Marketers are all in on personalisation Personalisation is the new marketing mantra, but what that means can vary. A lifecycle approach is evolving as more than half of marketers (57%) aim to provide personalised content across the entire customer journey — not just their journey to become a customer. In fact, marketers are more likely to personalise content for existing customers, including support and customer retention content. But they’re not forgetting about their prospects either. Effective personalisation, although a work in progress for many, requires cross-channel recommendations. Let’s say a customer has recently been browsing your website. Based on this history, they later receive an email promoting a new product, followed by a social media ad showcasing the same product. Suddenly, you’ve created a connected and personalised experience across multiple channels. The challenge with implementing cross-channel personalisation is not only the ability to access trustworthy data across all these channels, but do so consistently on the channels customers prefer. And there’s a stark difference between how the highest- and lowest-performing marketing teams are adapting. Underperforming marketers are fully personalising across only three channels, compared with five channels for moderate performers and six channels for high performers. What better personalisation means for marketers When marketers personalise across more channels, they are customising their messaging and interactions to what customers want — and where they want it. Doing this creates a more consistent experience for customers, strengthening brand relationships and making it more likely they keep engaging and converting. Adopting AI and machine learning algorithms can help automate data analysis and segmentation. This allows you to derive actionable insights and give your customers a more tailored experience, no matter where they interact with your brand.. New marketing trends are pushing progress for marketers as expectations around data and AI rise. Marketers are still figuring out what they can and can’t do – and how they can make this tech work for them. However, what’s fuelling this new era is still the same: building strong relationships that deliver value for both the business and the customer.

					ROI: Return on Investment Meaning and Formulas
ROI: Return on Investment Meaning and Formulas
Return on investment (ROI) is a crucial metric used to assess the profitability of an investment or project. It measures the return an investor receives relative to the amount of money they initially invested. Whether you’re a business owner, investor, or someone looking to make informed financial decisions, understanding ROI is essential. In this blog post, we’ll delve into the concept of ROI, explore its significance, and provide practical examples to help you make smarter investment choices. We’ll also discuss calculating ROI, interpreting results, and using leverage to enhance your returns. By the end of this comprehensive guide, you’ll have a firm grasp on ROI and how it can empower your investment decisions. What is Return on Investment or ROI? Return on Investment (ROI) is a financial metric used to evaluate the profitability of an investment by comparing its gain or loss relative to its cost. It is a crucial tool for assessing the potential returns from asset investments such as stocks or business ventures. Calculating ROI entails determining the ratio between the net income (or profit) obtained from an investment and the total cost incurred in making that investment. Typically expressed as a percentage or a ratio, ROI enables investors to gauge the efficiency and profitability of their investments. By comparing the ROI of different investment opportunities, individuals can make informed choices, channelling their resources into ventures that promise the most lucrative returns. Beyond its role as a standalone metric, ROI is a vital tool for comparing investment options. By evaluating the ROI of various investment vehicles, such as stocks, bonds, real estate, or business ventures, investors can identify those that align best with their financial goals and risk tolerance. This comparative analysis empowers individuals to allocate their capital strategically, maximising their chances of financial success. The significance of ROI cannot be overstated, particularly for businesses and investors seeking to optimise their financial performance. By leveraging ROI as a guiding metric, decision-makers can enhance their investment strategies, minimise risks, and maximise returns. Embracing ROI as a cornerstone of financial decision-making empowers individuals and organisations to navigate the often-complex investment landscape with greater confidence and acumen. How to Calculate ROI To calculate return on investment (ROI), the net income (or profit) obtained from an investment is divided by the total cost incurred in making that investment. The ROI formula is as follows: ROI = (Net Income / Total Cost) x 100 For example, if an investment of $1,000 generates a net income of $200, the ROI would be 20%. This means that the investment generated a return of $0.20 for every $1 invested. When calculating ROI, there are a few things to keep in mind. First, it is important to use the net income (or profit) after all expenses have been paid. This includes the cost of goods sold, operating expenses, and interest. Second, the total cost of the investment should include the initial investment and any ongoing costs, such as maintenance or marketing. ROI can be used to compare different investment options and assess the efficacy of financial decisions. For example, a company may be considering two different marketing campaigns. The first campaign has a lower upfront cost but is expected to generate less revenue. The second campaign has a higher upfront cost but is expected to generate more revenue. By calculating the ROI of each campaign, the company can determine which is the better investment. ROI is valuable for businesses and investors seeking to optimise their financial performance. By understanding how to calculate ROI, you can make better investment decisions and achieve your financial goals. Here are a few tips on how to improve your ROI: – Use leverage. Leverage is borrowing money to finance an investment. When used effectively, leverage can magnify an investment’s returns. However, it is important to use leverage carefully, as it can also magnify losses. – Combine ROI with other metrics. ROI is a valuable metric, but it is not the only metric that should be used to make investment decisions. Other metrics, such as net present value (NPV) and internal rate of return (IRR), can also be helpful. Combining ROI with other metrics gives you a more complete picture of an investment’s potential return. –Monitor your investments regularly. The financial landscape is constantly changing, so monitoring your investments regularly is important to ensure they are still meeting your goals. You can make adjustments as needed to improve your investment performance by tracking your ROI and other metrics. How to Interpret ROI A positive ROI indicates that an investment has generated a return greater than its cost, while a negative ROI indicates that an investment has resulted in a loss. The magnitude of the ROI provides insight into an investment’s profitability or success. A higher positive ROI generally signifies a more successful investment, while a lower negative ROI suggests a less severe loss. When comparing different investments, it is essential to consider their respective ROIs. The investment with the highest ROI is not necessarily the best option, as other factors may need to be considered. For example, an investment with a lower ROI may have a shorter payback period or involve less risk. It is important to remember that ROI is just one metric used to evaluate investments. Other factors, such as risk tolerance, time horizon, and liquidity, should also be considered when making investment decisions. Investors can make informed decisions that align with their financial goals by carefully considering all relevant factors. ROI examples To illustrate the calculation of ROI, consider the following examples: Example 1: Real Estate Investment Suppose you purchase a rental property for $100,000 and incur closing costs and other expenses of $5,000. You rent out the property for $1,500 per month and incur annual expenses of $10,000 (including mortgage payments, property taxes, insurance, and maintenance). After one year, you sell the property for $120,000. To calculate ROI, first determine the net income: Net Income = (Rental Income – Expenses – Cost of Property) Net Income = ($1,500 x 12) – $10,000 – $105,000 = $15,000 Next, calculate the total cost of the investment: Total Cost = Cost of Property + Expenses Total Cost = $100,000 + $5,000 = $105,000 Finally, calculate ROI: ROI = (Net Income / Total Cost) x 100 ROI = ($15,000 / $105,000) x 100 = 14.29% In this example, the ROI of the real estate investment is 14.29%, indicating that for every dollar invested, the investor gained $0.1429. Example 2: Stock Investment Consider an investment in a stock that is purchased for $50 per share. After one year, the stock price increases to $60 per share, and the investor receives a dividend of $2 per share. To calculate ROI, first determine the net income: Net Income = (Sale Price + Dividend – Purchase Price) Net Income = ($60 + $2) – $50 = $12 Next, calculate the total cost of the investment: Total Cost = Purchase Price Total Cost = $50 Finally, calculate ROI: ROI = (Net Income / Total Cost) x 100 ROI = ($12 / $50) x 100 = 24% In this example, the stock investment’s ROI is 24%, indicating that for every dollar invested, the investor gained $0.24. These examples demonstrate how ROI can be calculated for different types of investments. Investors can make informed decisions about which investments to pursue by considering ROI. How to calculate ROI To calculate ROI, it is necessary to determine the net income or profit generated from the investment and divide it by the total cost incurred. The resulting figure is then multiplied by 100 to express it as a percentage. Here’s the formula: ROI = (Net Income / Total Cost) x 100 For instance, if an investment of $10,000 yields a net income of $2,000, the ROI can be calculated as follows: ROI = ($2,000 / $10,000) x 100 = 20% This indicates that the investment generated a return of 20 cents for every dollar invested. It’s worth noting that there are variations of the ROI formula that may be used depending on the specific context or industry. Some variations include: ROI = (Net Income – Initial Investment) / Initial Investment x 100 This formula calculates the ROI based on the initial investment rather than the total cost. ROI = (Current Value of Investment – Initial Investment) / Initial Investment x 100 This formula considers the current value of the investment rather than the net income. Regardless of the formula used, the fundamental principle of ROI remains the same: it measures the financial return of an investment relative to its cost. Comparing Investments and Annualised ROI When comparing different investments, it is essential to consider their respective ROIs. However, simply comparing the ROI figures may not be sufficient, as it does not consider the time value of money. This is where annualised ROI comes into play. Annualised ROI considers the time value of money by considering the total return on investment over a specific period, typically one year. It is calculated by multiplying the ROI for a given period by the number of periods in a year. For example, if an investment has a quarterly ROI of 5%, its annualised ROI would be 5% x 4 = 20%. Annualised ROI provides a more accurate measure of investment performance as it considers the compounding effect of returns. Compounding refers to the process where interest earned on an investment is added to the principal, and then interest is earned on the increased amount in subsequent periods. As a result, the annualised ROI provides a better representation of the long-term growth potential of an investment. When comparing investments, it is essential to use the same time period. This allows for a fair and accurate comparison of their performance. For example, if you compare the annualised ROI of two stocks, you should use the same one-year period for both stocks. Finally, annualised ROI can also compare investments with different risk profiles. Higher-risk investments typically have the potential for higher returns but also have a greater chance of loss. By comparing the annualised ROI of different investments, investors can make informed decisions about which investments align with their risk tolerance and financial goals. Combining Leverage With ROI Leverage is a financial concept that uses borrowed capital to finance an investment or project. By using leverage, investors can magnify their returns but also increase their risk of loss. The more leverage used, the higher the potential return and the greater the risk of losing the initial investment. In the context of ROI, leverage can increase the potential return on investment by increasing the amount of capital invested. For example, if an investor has $10,000 to invest and uses leverage to borrow an additional $10,000, they can invest $20,000. If the investment generates a return of 10%, the investor’s ROI would be 20% ($2,000 profit on a $10,000 investment). However, it is essential to remember that leverage can also magnify losses. If the investment loses 10%, the investor would also lose 20% ($2,000 loss on a $10,000 investment). Therefore, using leverage carefully and only when the potential rewards outweigh the risks is important. One way to mitigate the leverage risk is to use it with other risk management strategies, such as diversification and stop-loss orders. Diversification involves investing in various assets, which can help reduce the risk of losing money if one particular investment performs poorly. Stop-loss orders can automatically sell an investment if it reaches a certain price, which can help limit losses. Overall, leverage can be a powerful tool for investors, but it is important to use it carefully and understand the risks involved. By combining leverage with other risk management strategies, investors can potentially increase their ROI while protecting their capital. Advantages of ROI Return on investment (ROI) is a widely used and valuable metric for evaluating investment success. Its simplicity and universal comprehension make it a powerful tool for investors, businesses, and financial analysts. ROI offers several distinct advantages that make it a preferred metric for assessing investment performance. One of the primary advantages of ROI is its simplicity. It is calculated by dividing an investment’s net profit or gain by the total cost incurred. This straightforward formula makes it easy to understand and interpret, even for those without extensive financial knowledge. The resulting percentage provides a clear indication of the investment’s profitability. Another advantage of ROI is its widespread usage and recognition. It is a standard metric employed across industries and investment types, making it a universal language for discussing and comparing investment performance. This shared understanding facilitates effective communication and decision-making among investors, analysts, and stakeholders. Furthermore, ROI enables investors to compare different investment opportunities. By calculating the ROI of various investments, investors can make informed decisions about allocating their resources. This comparative analysis helps identify the most lucrative opportunities and optimise investment portfolios. ROI also serves as a useful benchmark for measuring the performance of investment managers or companies. By setting ROI targets and tracking performance against these benchmarks, investors can assess their investment strategies’ effectiveness and make necessary adjustments. This monitoring process helps ensure that investments meet their objectives and deliver desired returns. In summary, ROI’s simplicity, universal understanding, comparability, and benchmarking capabilities make it an invaluable metric for evaluating investment performance. Its widespread adoption and ease of interpretation provide a common ground for investors, businesses, and analysts to make informed decisions and achieve their financial goals. Disadvantages of ROI Return on investment (ROI) is a widely used metric for evaluating investment success, but it also has certain limitations and disadvantages. One of the main drawbacks of ROI is that it is a backward-looking metric that measures past performance and does not provide any insights into future performance. This can be a significant limitation, especially in dynamic and rapidly changing markets, where past performance may not indicate future results. Another disadvantage of ROI is that it needs to consider the time value of money. This means that it does not consider that money today is worth more than the same amount in the future due to the potential for earning interest or inflation. This can lead to misleading conclusions, especially when comparing investments with different time horizons or cash flow patterns. Additionally, ROI can be misleading if the initial investment is large. This is because the percentage return may appear impressive, but the actual profit may be relatively small compared to the risk taken. For example, an investment that generates a 10% ROI on a $100 investment may seem attractive, but the actual profit is only $10, which may not be worth the risk involved. Furthermore, ROI can be difficult to calculate accurately, especially for complex investments or projects. This is because it can take time to determine all the relevant costs and benefits associated with an investment, including opportunity costs and indirect expenses. In some cases, assumptions or estimates may be necessary, which can introduce errors into the calculation. Finally, ROI does not always accurately reflect the risk involved in an investment. This is because it focuses solely on the financial return and does not consider other risk factors, such as market volatility, credit risk, or operational risks. As a result, ROI may present an overly optimistic view of an investment’s potential, leading investors to underestimate the actual risk involved. How LIKE.TG can help you with Sales ROI LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) platform that can help businesses track, measure, forecast, optimise, increase, and improve their sales ROI. With AI-powered tools, automation, and personalised experiences, LIKE.TG gives businesses the insights and capabilities they need to make data-driven decisions and drive sales growth. Some of the ways LIKE.TG can help businesses improve their sales ROI include: Tracking and measuring sales performance: LIKE.TG provides businesses with a comprehensive view of their sales performance, including metrics such as sales volume, conversion rates, and average deal size. This information can be used to identify areas for improvement and adjust sales strategies. Forecasting sales: LIKE.TG’s forecasting tools help businesses predict future sales based on historical data and current trends. This information can be used to make informed resource allocation and inventory management decisions. Optimising sales processes: LIKE.TG provides businesses with tools to optimise their sales processes, such as lead management, opportunity management, and quote management. These tools can help businesses streamline their sales processes and improve efficiency. Increasing sales: LIKE.TG provides businesses with tools to increase sales, such as email marketing, social media marketing, and e-commerce. These tools can help businesses reach new customers and generate more leads. Improving customer experiences: LIKE.TG provides businesses with tools to improve customer experiences, such as customer service, support, and loyalty programs. These tools can help businesses build relationships with customers and increase customer satisfaction. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s power, businesses can gain valuable insights into their sales performance and make data-driven decisions to improve their sales ROI. With AI-powered tools, automation, and personalised experiences, LIKE.TG provides businesses the capabilities they need to drive sales growth and achieve success.

					What Is Sales Tracking and How Does It Help Improve Team Performance?
What Is Sales Tracking and How Does It Help Improve Team Performance?
Let’s face it, we’ve all turned into number nerds. Every day, we’re tracking everything from our steps and sleep to our screen time and even how many coffees we knock back. Why? Because data cuts through guesswork — it shows us what’s working and what’s not. In sales, we’re always swimming in data, from call logs and emails to deal closures and client feedback. All this data isn’t just useful — it’s essential to success. But sales tracking is just the first step. To make the most of your data, you need to understand the story it’s telling. That’s the key to turning data into decisions and insights into action. What you’ll learn: What is sales tracking? Why is sales tracking important? Important sales tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics How to track sales 4 sales tracking tools to use What is sales tracking? Sales tracking is the process of collecting, analysing, and reporting on sales data to understand performance, identify trends, and improve efficiency. It’s essential for assessing how effectively you are meeting your sales goals and for making informed decisions that propel your sales efforts. (Back to top) Why is sales tracking important? Sales tracking is the groundwork for better sales results. It’s how you gather all the bits of data that tell you what’s happening on the front lines. Sales data gives you a clear picture of your overall performance, as well as a bird’s-eye view of customer trends and behaviours. But it also helps you analyse what’s happening on a more granular level. Sales tracking can help you gauge the length of your sales cycles so you can optimise for more efficiency or determine where your reps are spending their time — and whether those tasks could be automated. In short, sales tracking sets the stage for deeper analysis and positive action. For instance, if you see a rep is smashing their sales targets but not making enough calls, it might be because they’re zeroing in on personalised LinkedIn InMails. These require more time but are strikingly effective. By tracking this data, you’re equipped to dive deeper and get at why things are working.After that, you can use this data to make changes, turning raw data into strategic insights that sharpen your sales approaches and training. This way, sales tracking not only keeps you informed but agile, always ready to adapt and improve based on solid data insights. (Back to top) How to track sales Tracking sales goes beyond merely keeping an eye on numbers; it’s also about making those numbers work for you. Here’s how to break the process into actionable steps to ensure your sales tracking is effective as well as easy to manage and interpret. 1. Set goals Start with the essentials. What really drives sales? Focus on metrics that directly impact your goals. To select these KPIs, begin with the end in mind: What are your main business objectives? Increase customer retention? Boost profit margins? Reduce sales cycles? Choose metrics that give you insight into these areas. (More on the nitty-gritty of this process below.) 2. Define your sales process and set up your pipeline Get clear on how a lead becomes a customer. Detail each phase from initial contact to final sale. What steps does your customer take? Where do they stumble? Once you’ve defined your sales process, you can map out the most efficient flow. Build a pipeline that reflects each customer’s unique sales journey using sales tracking to see where leads are and how to nudge them along. 3. Set up your CRM tracking workflow When setting up a sales tracking system, it’s important to nail the workflow — how you collect data, sift through it, and report on it. Whether it’s a customer relationship management (CRM) tool or something else, a single source of truth helps you see the full picture by bringing all of your data together. This saves time and keeps your team focused on analysis, not data wrangling. Make sure that the reports generated are clear and highlight key metrics that provide actionable insights. Regularly update your dashboard features to reflect the most relevant information, helping your team make quick, informed decisions. 4. Customise based on your needs Customisation is key when it comes to optimising your sales tracking. Regardless of your industry, the principles of tracking remain the same, but the details of what and how you track‌ (and what you track) should be tailored to fit your specific industry and market dynamics. For example, a tech company might focus heavily on customer acquisition costs and lifetime value, while a retail business might track daily sales and customer foot traffic patterns. Focus on data that is tailored to your goals and dashboards, then use that data to make changes that will help you be more efficient and boost your bottom line. 5. Turn data into insights you can use Now for the fun part — using the data. Regular deep dives into your customised metrics tell you what’s working and what’s not: Are acquisition costs too high? Do daily sales align with marketing campaigns? Are some reps hitting their targets while others lag? Where do most leads drop off? Why? What tactics are moving leads through the pipeline faster? Understanding these patterns helps you continually refine your approach. Reviewing your data regularly is more than just a box-ticking exercise. It energises your team, keeps everyone on their toes, and ensures they’re quick to turn every insight into strategic actions that drive real results. 6. Share insights across teams Sales is a team sport, and your insights can benefit marketing, customer service, and product development, too. By sharing what you learn from your sales tracking, you help align strategies across the board. Maybe a spike in drop-offs at the qualification stage tells you that marketing is attracting the wrong kind of leads, or perhaps a high customer acquisition cost (CAC) prompts a rethink on which deals you chase. (Back to top) Get the latest articles in your inbox. 360 Highlights Selected Small Business Selected CEO Selected IT Selected Commerce Selected Marketing Selected Service Selected Sales Selected Please select at least one newsletter. Email Enter a valid e-mail address Select your country United States Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Anguilla Antarctica Antigua And Barbuda Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas, The Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belize Belgium Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bouvet Is Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil British Indian Ocean Territory Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Is Central African Republic Chad Chile China Hong Kong Macau Christmas Is Cocos (Keeling) Is Colombia Comoros Cook Islands Costa Rica Cote D'Ivoire (Ivory Coast) Croatia (Hrvatska) Cyprus Czech Republic Democratic Republic of the Congo Denmark Dominica Dominican Republic Djibouti Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Falkland Is (Is Malvinas) Faroe Islands Fiji Islands Finland France French Guiana French Polynesia French Southern Territories F.Y.R.O. Macedonia Gabon Gambia, The Georgia Germany Ghana Gibraltar Greece Greenland Grenada Guadeloupe Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Heard and McDonald Is Honduras Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Korea, South Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Is Mauritania Mauritius Martinique Mayotte Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands, The Netherlands Antilles New Caledonia New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norway Norfolk Island Northern Mariana Is Oman Pakistan Palau Panama Papua new Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Pitcairn Island Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Republic of the Congo Reunion Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Helena Saint Kitts And Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Pierre and Miquelon Saint Vincent And The Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Georgia The S. Sandwich Is Spain Sri Lanka Suriname Svalbard And Jan Mayen Is Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Timor-Leste Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad And Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turks And Caicos Is Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Minor Outlying Is Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City State (Holy See) Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands (British) Virgin Islands (US) Wallis And Futuna Islands Western Sahara Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe Select your Country Select your Country State/province 北海道 – Hokkaido 青森県 – Aomori 岩手県 – Iwate 宮城県 – Miyagi 秋田県 – Akita 山形県 – Yamagata 福島県 – Fukushima 茨城県 – Ibaraki 栃木県 – Tochigi 群馬県 – Gunma 埼玉県 – Saitama 千葉県 – Chiba 東京都 – Tokyo 神奈川県 – Kanagawa 新潟県 – Niigata 富山県 – Toyama 石川県 – Ishikawa 福井県 – Fukui 山梨県 – Yamanashi 長野県 – Nagano 岐阜県 – Gifu 静岡県 – Shizuoka 愛知県 – Aichi 三重県 – Mie 滋賀県 – Shiga 京都府 – Kyoto 大阪府 – Osaka 兵庫県 – Hyogo 奈良県 – Nara 和歌山県 – Wakayama 鳥取県 – Tottori 島根県 – Shimane 岡山県 – Okayama 広島県 – Hiroshima 山口県 – Yamaguchi 徳島県 – Tokushima 香川県 – Kagawa 愛媛県 – Ehime 高知県 – Kochi 福岡県 – Fukuoka 佐賀県 – Saga 長崎県 – Nagasaki 熊本県 – Kumamoto 大分県 – Oita 宮崎県 – Miyazaki 鹿児島県 – Kagoshima 沖縄県 – Okinawa Select a state/province Select a state/province State/province Alberta British Columbia Manitoba New Brunswick Newfoundland Northwest Territories Nova Scotia Nunavut Ontario Prince Edward Island Quebec Saskatchewan Yukon Select a state/province Select a state/province State/province Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Delaware District of Columbia Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania Rhode Island South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming Select a state/province Select a state/province Yes, I would like to receive the LIKE.TG 360 Highlights newsletter as well as marketing emails regarding LIKE.TG products, services, and events. I can unsubscribe at any time. I agree to the Privacy Statement and to the handling of my personal information. In particular, I consent to the transfer of my personal information to other countries, including the United States, for the purpose of hosting and processing the information as set forth in the Privacy Statement. Learn More I understand that these countries may not have the same data protection laws as the country from which I provide my personal information. For more information, click here. Please read and agree to the Master Subscription Agreement By registering, you confirm that you agree to the processing of your personal data by LIKE.TG as described in the Privacy Statement. Sign up now Thanks, you’re subscribed! Important sales tracking KPIs and metrics Tracking every activity in your sales process isn’t just about oversight — it’s essential for refining tactics and boosting close rates. Depending on the specifics of your sales operations, the exact metrics you focus on might vary. Generally, sales KPIs and sales metrics fall into these main areas: Sales performance metrics When you want to gauge how each rep contributes to your goals, performance tracking is key. It provides a detailed look at the individual activities that drive sales success. Metrics to watch include: Cold calls made Emails sent Call duration Meetings completed Opportunities closed (whether won or lost) Sales win rate (leads won compared to opportunities closed, or how many leads get turned into paying customers) Sales lead metrics Keeping tabs on leads ensures no potential sale slips through the cracks. By monitoring the journey of each lead, you can refine your approach and enhance conversion rates. Essential metrics include: Number of leads generated Lead conversion rate Lead score Deal size CAC Sales goal metrics To hit your targets, you need a clear roadmap. Sales goal tracking allows you to set benchmarks and measure progress in real time. Metrics that keep you on track include: Total revenue goal Monthly, weekly, and daily sales totals Sales growth Sales pipeline metrics Understanding the flow and status of each deal in your pipeline is crucial for timely decision-making. Here’s what to monitor to keep your fingers on the pulse: Total open opportunities Opportunities lost per day/week/month Pipeline velocity, or how quickly leads become customers Sales cycle length Sales activity metrics It’s all about what your team does and how it translates into results. Tracking sales activities helps you identify high-impact activities and areas for improvement. Key metrics include: Email response rates Call durations New opportunities created Booked demos Sales funnel metrics Fine-tuning your funnel means understanding each phase of the customer journey. Analysing these metrics allows you to pinpoint where leads are being lost and where you’re winning: Total inbound and outbound leads Number of qualified leads Conversion rate at each stage (Back to top) 4 sales tracking tools to use When it comes to nailing your sales targets, having the right tools isn’t a bonus — it’s a must. These aren’t just for keeping data tidy; they’re about making every interaction count, every lead more valuable, and every sales process smoother. Here’s a rundown of the types of tools to lean on to keep your sales engine running at full throttle: 1. Customer relationship management (CRM) software Think of your CRM as mission control for all your customer interactions. This software centralises everything — from emails and calls to meeting notes — making sure nothing falls through the cracks. It’s about having all the info and making it work for you, ensuring you have a 360-view of every customer journey and can act on it fast. 2. Visualisation and dashboard tools If a picture’s worth a thousand words, a good dashboard is worth a thousand spreadsheets. These tools help visualise sales data in real-time, turning rows of data into clear, actionable insights. You can see at a glance where you’re beating your targets and where you need to switch gears, making it easier to share successes and strategise on quick meetings with the whole team. 3. Real-time analytics tools Here’s where you get smart about what’s working. Good analytics tools dig deep into your sales data, uncovering trends and patterns that aren’t immediately obvious. Whether it’s tracking conversion rates or pinpointing your most lucrative sales channels, these tools give you the intel you need to refine your tactics and push your success rates higher. 4. Automation tools Reps only spend 28% of their time actually selling, according to the latest State of Sales report. Automated tools help with that by capturing data such as emails, phone calls, and customer interactions, and logging every piece of information directly into your CRM. This minimises human error and frees up your team to focus on analysing the data and selling rather than collecting it manually. (Back to top) Stay on track toward sales success Data-driven organisations are 23 times more likely to be profitable than those that aren’t, according to research from McKinsey. But it’s what you do with the data that really makes a difference in your sales approach. Whether you’re part of a small team eager to grow or running a large sales operation, getting your sales tracking right means you can spot trends, rapidly adapt to market changes, and stay ahead of the competition.

					What Is ERP? And Is LIKE.TG ERP?
What Is ERP? And Is LIKE.TG ERP?
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is software used by organisations to integrate multiple business functions into one system. It includes various activities, such as accounting, human resources, project management, sales, inventory and order management, and compliance. An ERP system uses a shared database that enables employees from across a business to see the same information — a ‘single source of truth’. With everyone’s data in the same place, companies can use an ERP to streamline processes and information across the entire business. An ERP is different from a customer relationship management (CRM) system, like LIKE.TG’s Customer 360. But you can integrate them to work together. This guide outlines the benefits of using an ERP system, the difference between an ERP and CRM, and why you should consider integration. What are the benefits of using an ERP system? There are many benefits of using an ERP system for businesses. Having one unified place for all data can reduce silos and improve efficiency across an enterprise. Some of the main advantages of using an ERP include: Enhanced collaboration Collaboration is simplified when all data is shared, and employees can easily see and share information on contracts, requisitions, and purchase orders. When everyone in the business is connected to the same information, collaboration comes far more easily. Improved business insight Real-time information allows everyone in an organisation to have an up to date view of data, which can improve decision making across all areas of a business. With an ERP, everyone is looking at the same information simultaneously, and there is no risk of specific departments looking at outdated documents. Better financial compliance The financial controls with an ERP reduce any margin for error. Increased data integrity means users will always be working with up to date information, which also reduces the chances that something will be missed, and can improve financial compliance. Is LIKE.TG ERP? LIKE.TG is not an ERP. LIKE.TG offers various business solutions, which can be integrated to enhance and support your ERP but it does not provide an ERP product. At the heart of LIKE.TG is its CRM — Customer 360, which is the world’s #1 CRM system. ERPs and CRMs are both used by businesses to improve efficiency and streamline operations, but they serve distinct purposes. An ERP helps businesses connect their financial and operational systems to a central database, while a CRM helps manage customer interactions specifically. Although CRMs are not ERPs, you can integrate them to enhance all aspects of business operations and processes. LIKE.TG also offers other solutions, such as Revenue Cloud, designed to complement ERPs. Part of the LIKE.TG Customer 360 Platform, Revenue Cloud brings together Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) and Billing, Partner Relationship Management and B2B Commerce capabilities. This helps businesses take control of their revenue growth across every channel and make billing more strategic. Revenue Cloud is not an ERP and works best when integrated with an ERP. One thing that differentiates Revenue Cloud and an ERP is that Revenue Cloud helps users transition to recurring revenue, consumption, and usage-based models. Revenue Cloud is designed to handle these models, whereas ERPs are suited to one time transactions. Why integrate ERP and CRM? A CRM provides businesses with consolidated views of various functions, such as sales and service, while an ERP includes functionality like inventory management, production, supply chain, and finance. Integrating them gives your business a complete view of its customers and its financial performance in one place. There are many reasons why businesses should consider integrating their ERP with their CRM, including: End-to-end visibility of your business processes You can take complete customer views to the next level with the added understanding of how they impact your business financials. Improved efficiency Workflows can automate tasks between CRMs and ERPs and enhance your productivity. There is no need to manually enter CRM data into an ERP once integrated. Better employee collaboration Empower your employees with access to critical customer information, even if they do not work in your service or sales team. Giving everyone access to real-time data helps ensure the right decisions are made across the organisation. Reduced data duplication When you have an ERP and a CRM working separately, you may have customer data existing in both, leading to inaccuracies and out-of-date information. But even when it is accurate, it can cause unnecessary duplication, and it’s hard to determine which should be the master record. Integrating ensures there is only one record. Speed up sales approvals Sales and operations teams can move customers through an approvals process much quicker when they can be sure they have real-time customer data. Lowered cost of IT support When you have just one system to maintain, your IT support cost will reduce. With a fully integrated solution, you only need to train teams on one platform, reducing downtime. More accurate reporting and forecasting Because all of your data is accurate and in one place, an ERP improves reporting processes. Accurate forecasting is critical for a growing business, and integrating with an ERP automates some of the manual processes that can cause errors and delays in reporting. How can you integrate LIKE.TG CRM with an ERP? Nowadays, it is simple to integrate LIKE.TG with your ERP and reap the benefits. You used to need to use complex systems to integrate legacy ERP systems with LIKE.TG CRM. However, modern cloud-based ERPs allow for easy integration. With some providers building ERP natively on the LIKE.TG platform, it is possible to run both CRM and ERP seamlessly on LIKE.TG. One aspect of LIKE.TG that makes for straightforward integration is LIKE.TG Billing. LIKE.TG Billing converts LIKE.TG CPQ’s lead-to-order data into transactional data. The conversion allows ERP systems to inherit matching data, which they can use for accounting functions. LIKE.TG’s MuleSoft also makes it easy to integrate CRM, ERP, and other applications. The MuleSoft Anypoint Platform helps businesses integrate data and connect experiences from any system. With MuleSoft, you can bring data from any third-party system such as SAP, Oracle, Workday into LIKE.TG. Visit our MuleSoft Anypoint Platform overview to learn more.

					10 Essential Skills Every Sales Manager Needs in 2024
10 Essential Skills Every Sales Manager Needs in 2024
The role of a sales manager is all-important to the success of any sales team. They are responsible for motivating and inspiring their team, setting sales goals, and developing sales strategies. Today, sales managers need a varied skill set that includes both technical and soft skills. This blog post will discuss the essential skills that every sales manager needs in 2024, including technical skills such as data analysis and CRM software proficiency, as well as soft skills such as leadership and communication. We will also provide tips on how to be a good sales manager and how LIKE.TG can help sales managers be more successful. What are the roles and responsibilities of a sales manager? Today more than ever, sales managers are at the centre in driving revenue growth and achieving organisational success. They are entrusted with the critical task of leading, developing, and motivating a team of sales representatives to consistently exceed sales targets. A competent sales manager oversees the entire sales process, from prospecting and qualifying leads to nurturing customer relationships and closing deals. Furthermore, they work closely with the marketing team to generate qualified leads and develop effective sales strategies that align with market trends and customer needs. Sales managers are also responsible for designing and implementing training programs to enhance the skills and knowledge of their sales team, ensuring they possess the necessary expertise to navigate the complexities of modern sales environments. Another important aspect of a sales manager’s role is managing the sales budget and forecasting sales performance. They must allocate resources efficiently, optimise sales operations, and accurately predict future sales trends to support strategic decision-making within the organisation. By fulfilling these diverse responsibilities, sales managers empower their teams to achieve peak performance, drive business growth, and contribute significantly to the overall success of the company. 5 Technical skills of a sales manager It’s imperative for sales managers to possess a solid foundation of technical skills to drive success. One such crucial skill is the ability to analyse and interpret data effectively. Sales managers must be proficient in utilising data from various sources, including CRM systems, sales reports, and market research, to gain insights into sales performance, customer behaviour, and market trends. This enables them to make data-driven decisions, optimise sales strategies, and identify areas for improvement. Another essential technical skill for sales managers is proficiency in using CRM (Customer Relationship Management) software. CRM systems serve as central hubs for managing customer interactions, sales activities, and pipeline management. Sales managers must be well-versed in navigating and utilising CRM software to track sales progress, monitor team performance, and ensure effective customer relationship management. This proficiency allows them to streamline sales processes, enhance customer satisfaction, and drive overall sales growth. Excellent presentation skills are another vital technical skill for sales managers. They are often required to deliver presentations to their sales team, stakeholders, and clients. Effective presentation skills enable sales managers to convey their ideas, strategies, and sales pitches with clarity, confidence, and persuasion. Whether presenting during team meetings, sales conferences, or client pitches, sales managers must be able to engage their audience, deliver compelling messages, and inspire action. Project management skills are also essential for sales managers. They are responsible for managing sales campaigns, projects, and initiatives, often involving multiple team members and stakeholders. Effective project management skills enable sales managers to plan, organise, and execute sales projects successfully. This includes setting clear objectives, allocating resources, tracking progress, and managing timelines. By mastering project management techniques, sales managers ensure that sales initiatives are completed efficiently and effectively, contributing to overall sales success. In today’s digital era, understanding e-commerce and online sales has become a crucial technical skill for sales managers. With the rapid growth of online shopping, sales managers must possess knowledge of e-commerce platforms, online marketing strategies, and digital sales techniques. They need to be able to leverage technology and digital channels to reach and engage customers effectively, optimise online sales performance, and drive revenue growth through e-commerce. By staying updated on the latest e-commerce trends and best practices, sales managers can adapt their sales strategies to meet the evolving demands of the digital age. 10 Sales management skills that make a sales manager stand out Today, sales managers are pivotal in driving revenue growth and achieving organisational success. To be successful in this kind of environment, sales managers must possess a diverse range of skills that go beyond technical proficiency. While technical skills are undoubtedly important, it is the combination of technical expertise and soft skills that truly sets exceptional sales managers apart. Here are 10 essential sales management skills that make a sales manager stand out in 2024: Strategic Vision and Planning:The ability to develop and execute a well-defined sales strategy is crucial for sales managers. They must have a clear vision of the sales goals and objectives, and the ability to create a roadmap to achieve those targets. This involves analysing market trends, identifying growth opportunities, and allocating resources effectively. Motivating and Inspiring Leadership:Sales managers are responsible for building and leading high-performing sales teams. To do this, they must possess strong leadership skills, including the ability to motivate and inspire their team members. This involves creating a positive work environment, recognising and rewarding achievements, and providing ongoing support and guidance. Effective Communication:Excellent communication skills are essential for sales managers. They must be able to clearly articulate their expectations, provide constructive feedback, and effectively resolve conflicts. Additionally, they must be able to communicate effectively with customers, building strong relationships and fostering trust. Expert Negotiation:Sales managers often find themselves in negotiation situations, whether it’s with customers, suppliers, or team members. Strong negotiation skills enable them to achieve favourable outcomes while maintaining positive relationships. This involves understanding the interests of all parties involved, finding common ground, and reaching mutually beneficial agreements. Closing Deals: The ultimate measure of success for a sales manager is the ability to close deals. This requires a combination of sales acumen, persuasion skills, and the ability to handle objections effectively. Sales managers must be able to identify and address customer concerns, build trust, and ultimately convince customers to make a purchase. Time and Resource Management:Sales managers have a lot on their plates, and effective time and resource management skills are essential to their success. They must be able to prioritise tasks, allocate resources efficiently, and manage their time wisely to achieve their goals. This involves setting clear priorities, delegating tasks, and avoiding distractions. Data Analysis and Decision-Making: Sales managers must be able to analyse and interpret data to make informed decisions. This involves understanding sales metrics, identifying trends, and using data to drive sales strategies. By leveraging data, sales managers can optimise their sales processes and improve overall performance. Relationship Building:Building strong relationships with customers, team members, and industry peers is crucial for sales managers. They must be able to establish trust, rapport, and mutual respect with all stakeholders. This involves listening actively, understanding customer needs, and providing exceptional customer service. Adaptability and Resilience: The business outlook is constantly changing, and sales managers must be adaptable and resilient to succeed. They must be able to quickly adjust to new market conditions, embrace change, and learn from setbacks. This involves staying up-to-date with industry trends, being open to new ideas, and continuously seeking opportunities for improvement. Continuous Learning and Development:The world of sales is constantly evolving, and sales managers must be committed to continuous learning and development. They must stay updated with the latest sales techniques, technologies, and industry trends. This involves attending workshops and conferences, reading industry publications, and seeking out opportunities for personal and professional growth. By cultivating these 10 essential sales management skills, sales managers can position themselves for success in 2024 and beyond. They will be able to lead their teams to exceptional performance, drive revenue growth, and achieve organisational objectives, making them indispensable assets to their organisations. Sales metrics that managers should keep on top of Sales managers should closely monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) to assess their team’s performance and identify areas for improvement. These metrics serve as quantifiable measures of sales success and help managers make data-driven decisions. Here are some essential sales metrics that managers should keep on top of: Revenue and Profit: These are the fundamental indicators of a sales team’s success. Managers should track total revenue, profit margins, and revenue growth rate over time. By analysing these metrics, managers can assess the overall financial performance of the sales team and make adjustments to sales strategies as needed. Sales Growth Rate: This metric measures the percentage change in sales revenue over a specific period, usually compared to the previous year or quarter. A positive sales growth rate indicates that the sales team is effectively expanding its customer base and increasing revenue. Managers should analyse trends in the sales growth rate to identify periods of growth or decline and take appropriate actions to sustain or accelerate growth. Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC): CAC measures the cost incurred to acquire a new customer. It includes expenses such as marketing, advertising, and sales commissions. Managers should monitor CAC to ensure that the cost of acquiring new customers is sustainable and does not outweigh the revenue generated from those customers. By optimising CAC, managers can allocate marketing and sales resources more efficiently. Customer Lifetime Value (CLV): CLV represents the total revenue that a customer is expected to generate throughout their relationship with the company. It considers factors such as average purchase value, purchase frequency, and customer retention rate. Managers should track CLV to identify high-value customers and develop strategies to retain them, as they contribute significantly to long-term revenue growth. Sales Team Productivity: This metric assesses the efficiency and effectiveness of the sales team in generating revenue. It can be measured by metrics such as the number of sales per salesperson, average deal size, and sales cycle length. By monitoring sales team productivity, managers can identify underperforming individuals or areas and implement training or process improvements to enhance overall team performance. Sales Forecast Accuracy: Sales forecasting involves predicting future sales based on historical data and market trends. Managers should track the accuracy of sales forecasts to evaluate the effectiveness of their sales planning and decision-making. Accurate forecasting enables better resource allocation, inventory management, and proactive response to market changes. Win Rate: The win rate measures the percentage of sales opportunities that result in closed deals. It provides insights into the effectiveness of the sales team in converting leads into customers. Managers should monitor the win rate to identify any issues in the sales process and take steps to improve conversion rates. Customer Satisfaction: While not directly a sales metric, customer satisfaction plays a major role in long-term sales success. Managers should track customer satisfaction metrics, such as customer retention rate, customer feedback, and Net Promoter Score (NPS), to ensure that customers are satisfied with the products or services and the sales experience. High customer satisfaction leads to repeat business, positive word-of-mouth, and increased customer lifetime value. By closely monitoring these sales metrics, managers gain valuable insights into the performance of their teams and can make informed decisions to drive revenue growth, optimise sales strategies, and enhance customer satisfaction. How to be a good Sales Manager? To be a successful sales manager, it’s important to set clear goals and expectations for your team. This means communicating the organisation’s overall sales objectives and breaking them down into individual targets for each sales representative. Make sure your team understands what is expected of them and provide them with the resources and support they need to achieve their goals. Regular feedback and coaching are essential for helping your sales team improve their performance. This involves providing constructive criticism, as well as recognising and rewarding achievements. By offering guidance and support, you can help your team members identify areas where they can improve and develop their skills. Motivation and inspiration are key to driving success in sales. As a sales manager, it’s your role to create a positive and supportive work environment where your team feels valued and motivated. This can be achieved through recognition and rewards, as well as by providing opportunities for professional development and growth. Finally, it’s important to create a positive and supportive work environment for your sales team. This means fostering a culture of collaboration and teamwork, where team members feel comfortable sharing ideas and supporting each other. By creating a positive work environment, you can help your team stay motivated and engaged, which will ultimately lead to improved sales performance. How LIKE.TG can help LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tool that can help sales managers be more successful. It provides a variety of features and tools that can help sales managers with sales forecasting, lead management, opportunity management, sales performance management, and reporting and analytics. With LIKE.TG, sales managers can easily create and manage sales forecasts, track leads and opportunities, and monitor sales performance. They can also use LIKE.TG to generate reports and analytics that can help them identify areas for improvement and make informed decisions. In addition to its CRM capabilities, LIKE.TG also offers a variety of other tools that can help sales managers be more successful. These tools include: LIKE.TGIQ:A lead generation and management tool that helps sales managers find and qualify leads. Pardot: A marketing automation tool that helps sales managers nurture leads and convert them into customers. Einstein Analytics:A business intelligence tool that helps sales managers analyse data and make informed decisions. By using LIKE.TG and its suite of tools, sales managers can improve their efficiency and effectiveness, and ultimately drive more revenue for their organisations.

					9 Steps to Achieving Sales and Marketing Alignment
9 Steps to Achieving Sales and Marketing Alignment
In the current business sphere, achieving sales and marketing alignment is crucial for organisations that want to thrive. Sales and marketing misalignment can lead to missed opportunities, wasted resources, and decreased revenue, underscoring the urgent need for businesses to address this issue for growth. It’s the key to ensuring a seamless customer experience, driving revenue growth, and boosting overall business performance. This blog post will explore the essential steps to help businesses establish effective sales and marketing alignment, which is pivotal for successful sales. From breaking down silos and fostering collaboration to leveraging technology for seamless integration, we’ll provide practical strategies to help you create a cohesive sales and marketing team that works together towards achieving common business goals. What Is Sales and Marketing Alignment? Sales and marketing alignment is a strategic approach emphasising the collaborative efforts between sales and marketing teams to achieve a common business goal, specifically aligning sales for maximum effectiveness. It involves a tightly integrated relationship where both departments work seamlessly to attract, engage, and retain customers. Effective sales and marketing alignment ensures that the marketing team generates qualified leads for sales while the sales team provides valuable insights and feedback to marketing. When sales and marketing are aligned, it creates a cohesive customer experience, resulting in increased customer satisfaction, higher revenue, and improved overall business performance. Aligning sales and marketing is essential. It can significantly shorten the sales cycle, increase conversion rates, and foster greater interest in products and services by ensuring that both teams work towards shared KPIs and strategies. Customers receive consistent messaging, personalised interactions, and efficient problem resolution, leading to increased loyalty and repeat business. Alignment also fosters a culture of collaboration and communication between sales and marketing teams. They share data, insights, and best practices to develop targeted strategies that address customer needs and drive business growth. This collaborative approach eliminates silos, promotes teamwork, and ensures that both departments are working towards the same objectives. Sales and marketing alignment isn’t just an option but a necessity. It is the key to unlocking both teams’ full potential and achieving sustainable business success. What Does Marketing Do for Sales? Marketing is vital when it comes to supporting sales. It provides valuable insights, generates leads, and builds brand awareness. Marketing departments are necessary for aligning sales and marketing efforts to work towards shared objectives, offering assistance through cross-departmental shadowing, ensuring sales-focused marketing efforts, and facilitating the sharing of valuable information. Here are some essential functions that marketing performs to assist the sales team: Market Research and Insights: The marketing team conducts thorough market research to understand industry trends, customer behaviour, and competitor activities. They provide sales with comprehensive insights into target markets, customer needs, and pain points. This information enables sales representatives to tailor their pitches and strategies to address customer challenges and preferences better. Demand Generation and Lead Nurturing: Marketing creates demand for the company’s products or services. They develop and execute campaigns that attract potential customers and generate leads. This can include various strategies such as content marketing, search engine optimisation (SEO), social media marketing, email marketing, and paid advertising. The marketing team nurtures these leads by providing valuable content, building relationships, and guiding them through the sales funnel. By focusing on marketing qualified leads, marketing assists sales by not only generating but also qualifying leads, ensuring that the sales team can concentrate on the most promising prospects. Branding and Positioning: Marketing develops and manages the company’s brand identity, positioning, and messaging. They create compelling brand narratives, visual identities, and unique selling propositions that differentiate the company from competitors. Effective branding helps sales representatives communicate the company’s value proposition and build customer trust. Content Creation and Thought Leadership: The marketing team creates high-quality content that educates, informs, and engages the target audience. This content can take various forms, including blog posts, articles, infographics, videos, podcasts, etc. By establishing thought leadership and providing valuable insights, marketing supports sales in building credibility and positioning the company as an industry expert. Online Presence and Social Media Management: Marketing manages the company’s online presence, including the website, social media channels, and online reputation. They create and curate engaging content, respond to customer inquiries, and monitor online conversations. A solid online presence and effective social media management help sales teams connect with potential customers, build relationships, and generate leads. By aligning marketing and sales efforts, businesses can create a seamless customer journey, deliver a consistent brand experience, and more effectively achieve their revenue goals. What Does Sales Do for Marketing? Sales reps, through their close collaboration and communication with the marketing team, play a significant role in providing valuable insights and feedback. This partnership enhances the creation and utilisation of sales content, aligns goals, and leverages data to improve lead quality and customer insights. In return, sales also play a vital role in supporting marketing. Here are some key functions that sales perform to assist the marketing team: Customer Insights and Feedback: Sales representatives interact directly with customers and have a deep understanding of their needs, preferences, and pain points. They provide valuable insights and feedback to the marketing team, which helps refine marketing strategies, improve messaging, and develop more effective campaigns. Lead Qualification: Sales representatives qualify leads generated by marketing efforts. They evaluate the potential and readiness of leads to determine if they are a good fit for the company’s products or services. This helps marketing focus its resources on high-quality leads and optimise its lead generation strategies. Content Validation and Improvement: Sales representatives can provide feedback on marketing content, ensuring it aligns with customer needs and effectively communicates the company’s value proposition. Their input helps improve marketing materials’ relevance, accuracy, and effectiveness. Building Customer Relationships: Sales representatives build customer relationships, establishing trust and credibility. They can provide valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns, which helps marketing develop more personalised and targeted campaigns. Competitive Intelligence: Sales representatives are often at the forefront of competitive activities and have a good understanding of competitors’ strategies, strengths, and weaknesses. They can provide valuable intelligence to the marketing team, enabling them to develop more effective competitive strategies and differentiate the company’s offerings. By working together and sharing information, sales and marketing teams can create a synergistic relationship that drives business growth and success. Aligning these two critical functions ensures that the company’s efforts are cohesive, effective, and focused on achieving common goals. Understanding the benefits of sales and marketing alignment for revenue growth Achieving alignment between sales and marketing functions offers numerous advantages that can significantly enhance the overall success of a business, especially in driving revenue growth and improving customer experience through collaboration, unified communication, and mutual support. One of the primary benefits is the potential for increased revenue. When sales and marketing teams are aligned, they work cohesively to generate qualified leads, shorten the sales cycle, and increase conversion rates. This collaborative effort leads to improved sales performance, resulting in higher revenue growth for the organisation. Another advantage of aligning sales and marketing functions is cost reduction. Businesses can save valuable resources and reduce operational costs by eliminating duplicate efforts, optimising marketing campaigns, and streamlining lead management processes. This cost efficiency allows companies to allocate resources to other strategic initiatives that drive business growth. Sales and marketing alignment also contributes to improved customer satisfaction. When sales and marketing teams work together, they better understand customer needs and preferences. This knowledge enables them to deliver a consistent and seamless customer experience, from the initial marketing interaction to the final sale. Satisfied customers are more likely to become loyal brand advocates, increasing customer retention and positive word-of-mouth referrals. Furthermore, sales and marketing alignment enhances brand reputation. When both teams collaborate effectively, they create a unified brand message and present a cohesive brand image to the market. This consistency builds trust and credibility among customers, stakeholders, and industry peers. A strong brand reputation attracts new customers, improves customer loyalty, and differentiates the business from competitors. Last but not least, sales and marketing alignment facilitates better organisational decision-making. By sharing data, insights, and feedback, sales and marketing teams can make informed decisions based on real-time information. This data-driven approach minimises guesswork and allows businesses to allocate resources effectively, optimise marketing campaigns, and improve sales strategies. Breaking down silos and promoting collaboration between sales and marketing teams The first step to achieving sales and marketing alignment is to break down silos and promote collaboration. This can be challenging, as sales and marketing teams often have different goals and priorities. However, it is essential to overcome these challenges to create a cohesive customer experience. One way to break down silos is to foster a culture of open communication and transparency between the two teams. This can be done by holding regular cross-functional meetings, sharing information and data, and encouraging employees to collaborate on projects. Another way to promote collaboration is to create shared goals and incentives. When sales and marketing teams work together towards common goals, they are more likely to be successful. To further this goal, aligning marketing and sales teams is needed to break down silos and foster collaboration, ensuring both departments work together seamlessly. To foster a culture of open communication and transparency, it is important to create opportunities for sales and marketing teams to interact with each other. This can be done through regular meetings, workshops, and social events. It is also important to encourage employees to share their ideas and feedback and create a safe environment where they feel comfortable doing so. Aligning the sales and marketing teams on the company’s overall objectives is important for creating shared goals and incentives. This can be done by developing a shared vision and mission statement and setting clear goals and metrics for success. Incentives that reward sales and marketing teams for working together, such as bonuses or commissions, are also important. By breaking down silos and promoting collaboration, sales and marketing teams can create a more cohesive customer experience and achieve more tremendous success. Establish clear roles and responsibilities Establishing these clear roles and responsibilities for sales and marketing departments is an all-important step for achieving alignment and ensuring that both teams work cohesively towards shared objectives. Establishing a clear understanding of roles, continuous communication, and joint efforts towards shared objectives between sales and marketing departments is essential. Here are some key considerations for defining roles and responsibilities: Define Objectives and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs): Clearly outline the overall goals and objectives for both sales and marketing departments. Set specific and measurable KPIs that align with the company’s strategic priorities. These KPIs should be tied to the business’s overall success and should be regularly monitored and evaluated to ensure alignment and improve business performance. Outline Specific Tasks and Responsibilities: Detail each team member’s specific tasks and responsibilities within sales and marketing. This includes defining who is responsible for lead generation, qualification, nurturing, and closing deals. It also outlines who is responsible for market research, content creation, branding, and online presence management, ensuring a shared understanding of roles. Empower Teams to Make Decisions: Empower both sales and marketing departments to make decisions within their respective domains. Provide them the autonomy to execute their strategies and make necessary adjustments based on market conditions and customer feedback. This fosters a sense of ownership and accountability, leading to more effective decision-making. Regular Review and Updates: Roles and responsibilities should not be set in stone. They should be regularly reviewed and updated to ensure they align with changing market dynamics and business priorities. This adaptability allows sales and marketing departments to respond swiftly to new opportunities and challenges, maintaining alignment and optimising performance. Create a unified sales and marketing strategy This is essential for achieving alignment between the two departments. This involves developing a shared vision and objectives for both departments, ensuring their goals align with the overall business strategy. Regular joint planning sessions should be held to discuss strategies, brainstorm ideas, and ensure that both teams are on the same page. Creating a content calendar supporting sales and marketing goals is critical, as it allows for consistent messaging and campaigns. Additionally, sharing customer insights and data between sales and marketing teams is essential for understanding customer needs and preferences and developing targeted strategies that meet those needs. By fostering a collaborative environment and breaking down departmental silos, businesses can create a unified sales and marketing strategy that drives revenue growth, improves customer satisfaction, and enhances overall business performance. Leverage technology for seamless integration Technology is vital in achieving seamless integration between sales and marketing teams. One essential tool is customer relationship management (CRM) software. CRM systems provide a centralised platform for managing customer interactions, including contact information, communication history, and sales opportunities. By sharing this data, sales and marketing teams can comprehensively understand customers, enabling them to deliver personalised and consistent experiences. Marketing automation tools are another valuable technology for sales and marketing alignment. These tools help automate repetitive tasks like email marketing, social media management, and lead generation. By automating these tasks, teams can focus on higher-value activities, such as building customer relationships and closing deals. Integrated sales and marketing platforms offer a comprehensive sales and marketing alignment solution. These platforms combine CRM, marketing automation, and other tools into a unified system. This allows teams to access all the information they need in one place, making collaborating and executing campaigns easier. Finally, analytics and reporting tools are essential for measuring the success of sales and marketing alignment efforts. These tools provide insights into customer behaviour, campaign performance, and overall business results. By analysing this data, teams can identify areas for improvement and make data-driven decisions to optimise their strategies. Technology is essential for achieving sales and marketing alignment. By leveraging the right tools, businesses can break down silos, improve communication and collaboration, and create a unified customer experience. This leads to increased customer satisfaction, higher revenue, and improved business performance.

					What is Upselling?
What is Upselling?
Because acquiring new customers can be far more expensive than selling to existing ones, companies will often employ techniques like upselling to increase sales revenues. For example, a salesperson could show a customer the luxury model of a car side by side with the basic model or point out the benefits of an upgraded computer with a faster hard drive. Upselling is often confused or used interchangeably withcross-selling, which is the practice of offering customers additional products to compliment an existing purchase. An example of cross-selling would be to recommend speakers to go with the computer, rather than an improved version of the computer itself. Both upselling and cross-selling are methods of increasing sales to existing customers, but use slightly different approaches in doing so. LEARN MORE ABOUT CROSS SELLING What we will cover: Steps Involved in UpsellingHow to Identify Upselling OpportunitiesUpselling TechniquesIt’s All About Customer RelationshipsWhat is Upselling? Key facts and FAQs Steps Involved in Upselling CRM helps users focus on their organisation’s relationships with individual people including customers, service users, colleagues, or suppliers. 1) Building Customer Trust and Loyalty Upselling should function as a two-way street: customers gain added value in exchange for their loyalty and trust. Often, when people think of being upsold, they imagine a used car salesman trying to trick them into buying a sports car when all they needed was something practical. That is not how successful upselling works.Instead, sales personnel should be working tobuild reciprocal relationships with customersand encourage long-term customer loyalty. To start with, this can be done by taking on the role of a consultant instead of a salesperson: Know your product inside and out.It’s important to be well informed about the product or service you are selling and prepared to help customers and offer individualised support as needed. If you are unable to answer questions or address individual issues, they could lose faith in your company or product. Make suggestions based on customer preferences.Customers can easily be alienated if they feel like they are being pushed to buy something that they don’t need. Instead, it should be clear that making the purchase provides them with a real added value. Make customer service a priority.Overall, apositive customer experiencecan be the deciding factor in whether or an offer is accepted, while indifference accounts for more than half of lost customers. 2) Get to Know Your Customers and Their Needs Thorough knowledge of your clients is essential to upselling. Understanding customer wants, needs, and preferences increases their trust in your relationship. One way this is done is by listening to prospective buyers: often, customers will contact sales staff themselves and inquire about specific features and benefits – this is the exact information you want, being handed to you voluntarily. It can also be helpful for the sales team to have personal experience with the products and services they are selling. This will allow them to put themselves in the customers’ shoes and better anticipate customer needs. Another way to acquire more information is togather and analyse all relevant customer data and history. Using software for sales automation and analytics can help with this process and make it easier to engage with and understand existing customers. This information can be used to optimise customer service, providingindividualised offers and information based on customer needs. In fact, one LIKE.TG survey found that customers are not onlyhappy to share personal datain exchange for personalised deals and offers but that they also tend to be more loyal to companies that use this practice. LEARN HOW A CRM CAN HELP DISCOVER CUSTOMER NEEDS 3) Making the Right Recommendations As mentioned above, customers can start to lose interest if you offer them products and services that they don’t want or need.Making the right recommendations is key to successful upselling and should be done using the knowledge you’ve acquired about your client. Understand the customer’s wants and needs.Whatever you are upselling should somehow reflect the customer’s overall needs. While it may seem to be in the company’s best interest to make as many offers as possible,recommendations should be limitedto avoid confusing or overwhelming the customer with too many options. Upsell, don’t oversell.Additionally, recommending upgrades that are too expensive in proportion to the original purchase could drive the customer away. The general rule of thumb is thatan upsell should not increase the total price by more than 25%. Using available data from CRM and marketing automation, appropriate recommendations can be tailor made to best suit a customer’s needs. How to Identify Upselling Opportunities In a nutshell, the ideal upsell customers are the ones who are most engaged with your products and services. The whole concept of upselling is based on growing relationships with existing customers, meaning that upselling inherently involves regularly following up with clients to asses their current status and needs. That can involve a variety of methods, such as: Ask open-ended questions and listen to customers.When they talk about their needs. Consider whether a product or service exists on the market already.If so, how can you improve upon it? If not, would it be possible to develop one? Investigate whether there are ways to improve upon your own existing product.If you already offer a satisfactory version, can you also provide an extraordinary version? Analyse your revenue sources.Seeing where your company earns the most can help to identify your clients’ needs and how to best upsell strategically. Determine what your market segment can actually use and afford.For example, if you are selling a software package to college students, you may not spot many opportunities to upsell them the business suite. On the other hand, you could potentially offer a student discount on a more comprehensive package. Look at customer data across departments.Customers have different contacts within a company depending on what they need. All of those contacts will have information about them. Learn more about your customers through information available online.Such as customer reviews, interactions over social media, page views, shares, etc. Upselling should happen almost organically as a means of solving a problem or filling a need. Staying informed about what customers need from a variety of angles is the most effective way of identifying upselling opportunities. Upselling Techniques Upselling opportunities can arise out of a wide variety of situations. Because of that, companies employ a wide variety of techniques to ensure customer satisfaction and maximise success. Some suggested techniques include: Make sure you deliver what you promise. Customer satisfaction is critical to upselling and fulfilling any promise you’ve made – whether it be writing an email or resolving a service issue – is a major part of that. Communicate the value to everyone involved. It’s easy to overlook stakeholders that aren’t your main contact. Even if you have communicated the value to some of the stakeholders, you should make sure that everyone on the client side is aware of the benefits that have been created for them. Upsell as part of the solution to a customer service issue. Once an issue has been resolved, upselling (and cross-selling) can be used to improve the situation further. Nurture existing customers. No matter what type of selling you are doing, it is always important to nurture and maintain relationships with existing customers. This is part of building trust and loyalty. What is LIKE.TG? Learn more about how LIKE.TG CRM can help you and your business. What is LIKE.TG? – What does LIKE.TG do? Take away the risk. When a free trial or money back guarantee is available, customers are more likely to make purchases and have confidence in your product or service. Consider time-based issues. Remind customers of issues they had in the past or how your products and services can prevent or improve issues in the future. Use sales automation and analytics. Sales and analytics software is designed help you interact with customers and keep track of any relevant information. Upsell with Sales Cloud Discover how Sales Cloud can help your teams improve the customer experience and increase sales. It’s All About Customer Relationships Upselling is an effective sales strategy for increasing revenue while continuing to build relationships with clients. It should be a give and take scenario, in which customers gain added value in exchange for making a larger purchase or commitment to a company. For upselling to be successful, it is particularly important to know your customers well, earn and maintain their trust, and make appropriate recommendations. While there are a number of upselling techniques and ways to identify upselling opportunities, understanding the customer’s needs and experience is at the core of all of them. That’s a lot of info! Here’s what you should take away from this article: What is upselling?Upselling is the process of recommending a more expensive or higher-end item or service when a customer is making a purchase. What are the steps involved in upselling?Upselling starts by building customer trust and loyalty, identifying needs in the customer, and then addressing those needs through the right product or service. How do you know when to upsell?To identify upselling opportunities, analyse your customer data, look for gaps in the market, gather customer feedback and identify unmet needs. What are some upselling techniques?Upselling techniques include communicating value, delivering on promises, identifying and solving problems, and using analytics to address personal needs. Can upselling help build customer relationships?Yes. Upselling involves understanding customers and their needs, and then providing value. This in turn builds trust and stronger relationships. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS What is upselling? Upselling is the practice of selling a customer a higher-end version of an item they’re interested in. For instance, an electronics retailer pointing out the benefits of a better TV, a faster laptop or a more durable tablet would be an example of upselling. For many businesses, upselling is an important technique for driving revenue. What is the difference between upselling and cross selling? Upselling is the practice of offering a higher-end version of a product to a customer, while cross-selling is offering customers additional products that are compatible with their purchase. For example, if a customer were buying a laptop, offering them a case would be cross-selling, while offering them a better laptop would be upselling. Why is upselling important? Upselling is important because it adds value for both businesses and their customers. Successful upselling addresses customers’ needs or solves a problem by offering them better or more relevant products or services, which in turn builds trust and loyalty. This not only leads to higher revenue, it leads to better long-term relationships.

					Sales Prospecting: How to Find the Right-Fit Customers You’re Looking For
Sales Prospecting: How to Find the Right-Fit Customers You’re Looking For
Prospects — the potential customers you want to sell to — are the fuel for the sales pipeline. Every prospect represents a possible deal. Growing your base of sales prospects and working to nurture them will grow your revenue. Even though sales prospecting is important, it may sometimes feel like you’re just wishing and hoping the right people will show up. Let’s see how to make prospecting a science instead — less like drilling for oil and more like filling up on gas. What you’ll learn: What is sales prospecting? Why is sales prospecting important? How does sales prospecting work? The stages of the sales prospecting process How to find sales prospects Inbound vs. outbound prospecting How to move sales prospects to the next stage in the sales cycle How to qualify a sales prospect Sales prospecting questions to ask Prospecting email examples How to use sales prospecting tools What is sales prospecting? Prospects are potential customers, and prospecting is the process of finding them. Sales reps use sales prospecting to expand the size of their potential customer base. They’ll reach out to leads (potential sales contacts) and nurture them into opportunities (leads who have been warmed up over time). There are various sales prospecting techniques, from making calls to sending direct mail, attending networking events, and connecting on social media platforms such as LinkedIn. (Back to top) Why is sales prospecting important? Sales prospecting is fundamental to what we do because it sets the stage for everything that follows in our sales funnel. It’s about focusing on and engaging those most likely to benefit from our products or services. From my experience as an account director, effective prospecting directs our resources toward the most promising opportunities and gives us a steady stream of leads for conversion. By focusing on the right leads, we enhance our chances of conversion and align our sales strategies with the expectations and needs of our prospects. That drives our business forward. (Back to top) How does sales prospecting work? Reps need to understand that the lead coming to a website has likely already done a lot of legwork. Eighty-one percent of prospects conduct research before inquiring about your product or service, according to the latest State of Sales report. They’ve formed opinions about your offerings before they’ve even engaged with any of your content, such as articles, white papers, or webinars. The challenge? Capture the attention of these well-informed prospects and convert their interest into engagement. Reps may face a prospect with preconceptions and opinions based on generic messaging received from others. So the rep’s outreach has to be personalised. It has to resonate. A rep must do their own legwork to understand the prospect’s needs, the technologies they’re using, and how they make buying decisions. That helps move them through the sales funnel, from interest to an actual sale. (Back to top) The stages of the sales prospecting process The sales process goes from cold leads to warm opportunities to red-hot deals. Prospecting is what happens in between: From leads … Sales and marketing source leads.Leads are unqualified prospects. Leads can come from marketing (think a webinar that requires a form fill) or sales (think cold outreach). … to opportunities … Sales qualifies leads into prospects.Sales gets to know leads and decides whether they’re a good fit for the product. If they are, the lead is “qualified” to become a prospect. Sales nurtures prospects into opportunities.As sales works to make prospects more and more interested in the sale, these prospects become “opportunities” who are more and more likely to buy. … to customers Sales closes opportunities into deals.In the end, after many conversations, there will be two kinds of opportunities: “closed-lost” (boo) or “closed-won” (yay!). (Back to top) How to find sales prospects We could talk about all the other platforms out there. However, we’ll let Stephanie Svanfeldt, LIKE.TG Strategic Sales Vice President, Auto Vertical, say it for us: “When it comes to sourcing prospects online, LinkedIn is the biggest game in town.” Indeed. So, here are some tips to get into that game: Identify top target accounts: When choosing prospects, start with a strategic approach and focus your list. If you’re assigned 100 accounts, concentrate on the top 10. Plan meticulously to ensure every engagement is targeted and relevant. Tap into the power of social selling: Social selling and sales management tools can help reps better understand the organisational dynamics of target companies. For example, reps can map out the decision-makers within a company and learn about their roles and influence. That helps tailor messages to the person who can make or steer purchasing decisions. Use your CRM to speed up research on your prospect: Let your customer relationship management (CRM) system do the heavy lifting by automating prospect and account research. This saves you time and gives you instant access to the insights you need to connect with your prospects more effectively. Personalise your outreach: Reach out with custom messages that demonstrate a clear understanding of each prospect’s business needs and challenges. For example, you could send a video message to a potential lead to introduce yourself and briefly cover how your solution could address a specific challenge they mentioned in a recent LinkedIn article or post. The goal is to make every communication feel customised and relevant, showing you’ve done your homework. Continue to deliver value: Keep the conversation going by offering value in every interaction. This could be by sharing industry insights and relevant articles or inviting your prospect to events that align with their interests. It’s about continuously reinforcing their positive opinion of you and subtly positioning yourself as a go-to resource in their professional network. Evaluate and refine: Monitor and analyse the effectiveness of your outreach strategies. Adjust your approach based on what’s working and what isn’t. Pay attention to the technologies your prospects use and look for integration points that can streamline their processes or enhance their existing systems. This iterative adjustment ensures your tactics remain fresh and effective. (Back to top) Inbound vs. outbound prospecting Inbound and outbound prospecting are key tactics in a sales strategy. Though they serve different purposes, each presents unique advantages. Inbound prospecting attracts prospects through content, SEO, online chats, and social media interactions. The main advantage is that it draws in higher-quality leads who initiate contact on their own terms, making it less intrusive. However, this strategy requires a significant investment in time and resources to develop effective content and optimise digital channels that attract these leads. On the other hand, outbound prospecting involves actively reaching out to potential customers via email, phone calls, and direct messaging on platforms such as LinkedIn. It allows for quicker lead generation because you’re directly initiating conversations with potential buyers. However, it can be seen as more of an intrusion, and the quality of leads might vary if they haven’t shown previous interest in your offerings. Combining the two strategies covers more ground — capturing those looking for solutions and those who may not yet be aware of how a product or solution can help them. (Back to top) How to move sales prospects to the next stage in the sales cycle Research is important, but you’ll need more than that to take the conversation to the next level. After all, it’s just as easy for prospects to research you as it is for you to research them. You won’t get anywhere with them by repeating the same general information from your company’s website. How can you go deep and deliver an insight no one else has? You’ll need to learn their accent — not just their language — and become knowledgeable about their lives at work. That means learning about specific trends in their industries, their companies, and even their lives. Keep the conversation moving. Don’t just think about closing the deal. Think about closing every step of the deal. It can be easy to get carried away in your excitement to move the conversation along. But don’t forget to cover all your bases: Obsess over the next step: Don’t forget to end every conversation with a question. “Can we connect for five minutes after you’ve taken a look?” “Is there someone on your team I could work with on that?” “If you’re not the right person to ask, can you tell me who is?” Advance but qualify: Prospecting is all about marching onward. But don’t over-focus on a deal that won’t be worth the effort. As you move the conversation forward, you need to keep qualifying at the same time. At every stage, ask whether the prospect is still a fit. Qualification also means making sure that they’re ready to move on to the next step. You won’t have all the answers, but someone else will: Selling is a team sport. You need to lean on everyone you can to get the information you need. Ask subject matter experts at your company to teach you about a new domain. Reach out to technical and digital advisors to help you map out a solution. Ask marketing for help with a new pitch. You don’t have to do this alone. Qualifying a prospect is an important piece of the puzzle, but don’t mistake “qualifying” for “deciding whether someone is important.” Everyone you talk to is important — because if they’re not the right person to talk to, then they can point you to the person who is. (Back to top) How to qualify a sales prospect Qualifying a prospect is an essential part of the sales process, and a highly qualified prospect will check most of these boxes to move to the next stage of the sales cycle. Remember, though: “Qualifying” doesn’t mean “deciding whether someone is important.” Everyone you engage with is significant. If they’re not the right contact, they could lead you to someone who is. To qualify whether a prospect is a good fit, consider these questions: Is this the right person? Does the prospect fit your ideal customer profile? Are they already interested in your product? Do they have the influence to push the deal forward, or the authority to make buying decisions? Is this the right company? Is the company within your designated territory? Is the industry compatible with your business model? What is the organisation’s size? Think beyond the number of employees. For instance, if you’re selling a subscription or usage-based service, consider the potential volume of its usage. Is this the right project? Is the department funded to pay your price? Will the project be a priority for the company this year? Will the team be using the product for the right use case — in a way that will create an impact? (Back to top) Sales prospecting questions to ask Good sales prospecting questions start a dialogue that qualifies the prospect and builds a relationship by showing genuine interest in their needs and challenges. Here are a few to start with: What challenges are you currently facing with [insert relevant topic or service]? This question helps identify their pain points, allowing you to build your discussion around how your product addresses these issues. What has been your experience with similar products or solutions? This tells you what has (or hasn’t) already worked for them, helping you position your solution better. Can you tell me about your decision-making process? Who else should I invite to the next call? Knowing that is crucial for understanding how decisions are made and ensuring all decision-makers are engaged early on. What is your timeline for implementing a solution? This helps determine their urgency and expectations, which can guide your engagement strategy. Do you have the budget allocated for this project? Directly addressing the budget helps you qualify the prospect in terms of financial capacity. It also guides the conversation toward realistic solutions within their price range. (Back to top) Prospecting email examples From my perspective, standout emails and smart LinkedIn engagement strategies can make all the difference. Here are some tried-and-true examples from my own experience: Email outreach: When it comes to sales prospecting, it’s all about making that connection count. Here’s an email I sent during the holidays. It wasn’t just a pitch; it started with a genuine “thank you” for the recipient’s military service, which creates a moment of personal recognition and gratitude. It’s about finding common ground. Here’s an example that worked well: [Name], We connected briefly on LinkedIn before the holidays. I wanted to thank you for your service. My brother-in-law, a lieutenant colonel, has served in Iraq and Afghanistan, and I’ve seen the challenges firsthand. I noticed your work in driving transformation and improving processes at major financial institutions, which is crucial for staying competitive. Digital acceleration makes understanding customer journeys and reducing friction challenging. Leaders like you have shared that personalisation and efficiency are key struggles. Glassbox is designed to address this, providing session replay and analytics for improved customer experience visibility, helping banks optimise journeys, enhance quality, and cut costs. If you’d like to connect to discuss this further, let me know. Regardless, thank you for your service. Best, Lindsey Video outreach: One of my reps used this video strategy, sending a personalised video right after connecting with a prospect on LinkedIn. That’s going the extra mile. It shows you’re about more than just words; you’re making real connections. The response? An immediate engaged reply that opened the doors to further conversation. Hi [Name], Great to connect! I see you’re working with [tool] for digital experience analytics. I’d love to show you how [company] can add even more value. Let’s chat soon if you’re up for it! LinkedIn outreach: And let’s not forget the power of a LinkedIn notification. Tagging a prospect in a post tailored to their interests gets their attention. It’s like giving them a virtual tap on the shoulder and saying, “Hey — thought you might find this interesting.” This works because it directly engages them with content relevant to their interests, making your approach feel personal and showing that you understand their professional needs. (Back to top) How to use sales prospecting tools CRM systems don’t just keep track of data; they turn it into a tool of its own. These systems keep a history of prospect interactions within reach, so every touchpoint is relevant and personalised. However, in my experience, the key is not just to rely on sales tools, but to use them to enhance the human elements of sales. Identify your ideal customer profile (ICP): Get a clear picture of who your ideal customer is. What are their pain points? What solutions are they seeking? Understanding your target audience is the first step in effective prospecting. Build a list of contacts: Cast a wide net. Scour various channels — from LinkedIn to industry forums — to identify potential leads that match your criteria. It’s all about finding those needles in the haystack. Create an omnichannel approach: To connect with prospects effectively, you’ve got to be everywhere they are. Don’t limit yourself to one channel of communication. Connect with prospects in their preferred space, whether it be email, social media, in person, or a phone call. Use the right tools at the right time: Don’t just use sales prospecting tools for the sake of it. Be strategic. Tools such as Sales Engagement or LinkedIn Sales Navigator are for understanding the landscape: who the decision-makers are and what messages will resonate with them. It’s about crafting persona-based messaging that hits the mark. Build real connections: Think beyond just generating leads, and use soft skills as a prospecting tool. Whether sending an email acknowledging professional milestones or sharing tailored content, a rep who leans into active listening and empathy skills can help prospects feel valued — and more than just a potential sales target. (Back to top) Fuel your sales prospecting engine Sales prospecting isn’t just about wishing and hoping for the right opportunities — it’s about making it a science. By using a combination of inbound and outbound strategies, personalised engagement, and effective sales tools, sellers can rev up sales prospecting and turn more potential leads into closed deals.

					The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report: Key Trends Shaping APAC’s Digital Landscape
The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report: Key Trends Shaping APAC’s Digital Landscape
The latest data from IT leaders around the world reveals how AI, automation and APIs are driving business value and innovation, and where organisations still have work to do on their digital transformation efforts. Digital transformation isn’t just a trend. It’s a core shift to the business landscape, with IT leaders refining their strategies, headcounts and budgets to cater to growing customer expectations and project demands. The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report sheds light on the state of digital transformation worldwide, with the latest trends in AI, integration, automation and API management. So how do businesses in the APAC region measfure up in the evolving digital landscape? IT leaders are optimistic about AI The report reveals that 88% of organisations in APAC are already using AI, and adoption is continuing to grow. IT leaders in the region foresee an 89% increase in their usage of Large Language Models (LLMs) over the next three years, exceeding the 69% increase expected globally. Moreover, 86% are confident that AI will increase developer productivity at their organisations in that timeframe. This optimism is a good thing, considering they’re simultaneously reporting a 39% increase in IT requests. AI will play an essential role in sustaining productivity under these demands, helping IT teams to manage growing workloads and expectations both efficiently and cost-effectively. Organisations need to get their data ready for AI Despite the optimistic outlook, 69% of APAC IT leaders say their organisation is ill-equipped to harmonise data systems to fully leverage AI, with 82% pointing the finger at data silos as hindering digital transformation efforts. While this figure is lower than the 81% global average, organisations across APAC still have a way to go to break down silos and better integrate data across the business. Integration hurdles are blamed by IT leaders for stalling digital transformation for 82% of APAC organisations. Kurt Anderson, Managing Director and API Transformation Leader at Deloitte Consulting LLP explains, “A lack of integration is the top barrier to adopting emerging technologies, especially AI. And as demand grows for seamless, personalised customer experiences, the interoperability of systems is crucial for harnessing the full potential of data, AI, and automation. That’s why integration should be the cornerstone of every IT leader’s digital transformation efforts in 2024.” The potential of AI is limited only by the data that organisations can connect it to, and the outcomes they can drive from it. The report shows that IT leaders across APAC are increasingly aware of these integration and automation challenges, and underscores the need for a robust data strategy, with a focus on data currency, reuse and access. IT teams are under pressure, but workflow automation can help With 98% of APAC IT teams struggling to integrate efficiently, workflow automation emerges as a solution. Robotic Process Automation can drive efficiency and reduce the workload on IT teams. As automation is demanded across businesses, IT often plays a gatekeeper role, but workflow automation permits other teams to self-serve. The global investment in RPA is now 31%, up significantly from 13% in 2021, as IT teams realise its potential. Singapore Institute of Management (SIM) underwent its digital transformation with LIKE.TG and MuleSoft, integrating multiple back-end systems to streamline the end-to-end experience for its learners and administrators. Learners can now access courses with a single sign-on and automated processes encourage self-service and more efficient case management. APIs become a strategic lever for growth APIs are now a staple in the digital ecosystem, with 99% of organisations using them to streamline data access and fuel growth. In APAC APIs and API-related offerings contribute to 33% of all revenue. Furthermore, APIs have contributed to increased revenue for 41% of APAC respondents and cut operational costs for 27%. M1, Singapore’s most dynamic communications company, found its legacy on-premise API gateway was too labour-intensive and slowed down the delivery of new offerings. Supported by MuleSoft Professional Services, it migrated to a more agile solution in just 9 months and is now completing 13% more projects a year through API reuse, while saving 15 man-days per project. “I’m really excited about the scalability we have with MuleSoft. In a fast-paced industry, we now have the confidence that we can stay ahead of the game with a future-proofed environment and delight our customers as we grow our business,” says Chiam Chee Kong, Deputy Head of Software Engineering Architecture at M1. With outlets in Thailand and Malaysia, popular retail brand Lotus’s chose LIKE.TG and MuleSoft to unify its systems and data so it can provide more personalised and streamlined customer experiences. MuleSoft’s API reuse and prebuilt assets helped it complete its digital transformation in just 14 months – half the time it allotted.“We knew that with MuleSoft as our API gateway and integration layer we would be able to be more agile and transform more quickly,” says Wiphak Trakanrungsi, Head of Technology Software Development and Innovation at Lotus’s. Digital transformation is the competitive advantage An enterprise API strategy that facilitates data integration across applications will empower leaders to accelerate innovation and operationalise AI to drive business value and growth for the future. Through revenue generation, operational cost reduction and the promotion of self-service, integration, automation and APIs will help businesses maintain their competitive edge in 2024 and beyond. Read the full 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report for a comprehensive understanding of the digital transformation landscape in APAC and beyond.

					The Most Crucial Small Business Departments You Need To Succeed
The Most Crucial Small Business Departments You Need To Succeed
Connecting small business departments is one of the best ways to leverage expertise and get the most out of the workforce. A lack of data sharing between departments can lead to inefficiencies. Team members may lack the understanding of how exactly their work fits into the bigger picture. Just as importantly, businesses that haven’t empowered departments to share information do not give those departments a complete view of the business or the customer. This makes it more difficult to deliver exceptional service and relevant offers. Compartmentalisation may have been the norm not long ago. But now, in an era of massive digital transformation, small businesses are smashing silos, cross-skilling workforces and getting connected. Traditional departments like sales are targeting a range of new channels and touchpoints – becoming much more data-driven. Other departments like marketing are leveraging AI to automate mundane tasks, freeing up their reps to focus on the customer. As small business departments change, roles in those departments are changing as well. New training platforms make it easier for businesses to empower team members to work across functions and roles. And while the most popular organisational structure still prioritises grouping departments by expertise, it’s becoming more and more important to create flexibility and agility. Let’s look at which small business departments are the most important and how those departments can be organised. What are the six central functional units of a business? The six central functional units are production, research and development, sales, marketing, human resources, and accounting/finance. Some businesses, especially those with smaller teams, will combine these functions, requiring team members to take on multiple roles. Larger companies may have dedicated departments beyond the six functional business units, such as technology and equipment, business strategy, and purchasing. What small business departments are needed? Some small business departments include: Administration/operations Research and development Marketing and sales Human resources Customer service Accounting and finance Some small businesses may combine these departments, for instance, by making HR and customer service part of operations. Other companies may require additional departments, such as a dedicated IT unit. Others still may have just a small number of people handling all of these functions, especially if a business is starting. Businesses with smaller teams can implement technologies to streamline processes and work smarter. For example, a business without an IT department can use cloud-based technologies that rely on off-site infrastructure and then utilise LIKE.TG’s Lightning Platform to create apps with no coding knowledge. What is the structure of a small business? Most small businesses use a functional organisational structure. This type of structure has both benefits and drawbacks. In a functional organisational structure, departments are separated by skill sets. This means that while team members are uniquely qualified to excel within their dedicated silos, they have limited insights into the business as a whole. Without a holistic view of the business, it’s difficult for these team members to support other functions and departments, even if their expertise could be helpful elsewhere. What is the best organisational structure for a small business? The best organisational structure for a small business is one that helps its workforce realise its full potential. How this is done depends on the nature of the company and its unique needs and objectives, but there are several things to consider. Using a functional organisational structure where departments are separated by expertise is an excellent way to keep the workforce focused. But by going a step further to smash silos and unite data, businesses can empower their teams to provide support across departments, thus getting the most out of their workforce’s collective brainpower. Flexibility and agility are increasingly important in the new normal. By upskilling and cross-skilling their teams, businesses can take a more hybrid approach to organisational structure. Digital, on-demand tools such as My Trailhead offer organisations a quick and easy way to cross-skill their workforce. What departments are needed to run a small business? Small businesses don’t usually have the same resources or objectives as their larger counterparts and occasionally have to be creative with their departments. This means that a small team or even a single person is responsible for handling various duties. That said, there are three essential departments needed to run a small business – even if those departments consist of just the owner. Sales and marketing: Sales are the lifeblood of small businesses, so every business will need to generate sales and build relationships. In a smaller company, this will often also include marketing and account management. Operations and production: While marketing and sales drive brand awareness and revenue, the operations department delivers on a business’s promise. This means handling production, fulfilment and customer service. Finance and administration: A finance department will track revenues and expenses, provide balance sheets, handle payroll and file end-of-year taxes. Admin functions typically include management and hiring. Creational an organisational structure for your small business departments A small business may have fewer resources than a bigger company, but that doesn’t mean it should lack structure. Having an organisational structure enables businesses to clarify roles and improve efficiency. Small businesses can start creating an effective organisational structure by focusing on the three essential elements highlighted above: Sales and marketing, operations and production, and administration and accounting. Look at what sub-roles these three small business departments might require. For example, sales and marketing may need a public relations executive, a copywriter or a digital marketing specialist. Operations may require an IT expert and service reps. Other functions, such as accounting and product development, might be handled by external contractors. The future of small business departments is flexibility A business should be able to transform its organisational structure to keep up with new objectives and needs, so maintaining flexibility is crucial. As technology and customer behaviour change, so will roles and responsibilities. And as businesses grow – or use technology to streamline their operations – their organisational structure should evolve along with them. With new customer-centric tools, on-demand training platforms, and innovative strategies that prioritise flexibility and agility, the sky is the limit for today’s small business.

					Marketing Trends: 3 Things to Know for 2024
Marketing Trends: 3 Things to Know for 2024
We surveyed thousands of marketing leaders about today’s marketing trends. What did we find? Marketers ranked artificial intelligence (AI) implementation as both their number one priority and number one headache — highlighting its pivotal role as both a beacon of promise and a daunting challenge. Key takeaways from our new State of Marketing report To some, the words “new era” mean big ideas and fresh innovations. To others, it means unanswered questions, uncharted territory, and unsolved challenges. No matter which camp you find yourself in, we’re all trying to build better relationships that move our business forward. We surveyed marketers about how they are tackling this new era. The results found in our new State of Marketing report reveal trends that are impacting marketers —emerging AI, data unification, and personalisation tools — and the challenges they face to continue to create customer connections in a new era. Let’s take a look at highlights from the report. 1. Successful AI implementation leads 2024 marketing trends There’s a difference between AI implementation and successful AI implementation. In our survey, only 34% of marketers are completely satisfied with their efforts to reap the value of AI. Even fewer are fully satisfied with their attempts at unifying customer data to improve the customer experience. The two go hand in hand. Unlike other marketing trends and technologies, AI isn’t a standalone tool. It can touch and impact almost every aspect of a marketing strategy. Looking to build better personalisation? Predictive AI can forecast customer behaviour and trends, allowing businesses to anticipate needs and tailor their strategies accordingly. Curious about how to create engaging content quickly? Generative AI generates various types of content at scale based on data analysis and natural language processing algorithms. Our report found that 71% of marketers plan to use both predictive and generative AI within the next 18 months. While marketers are embracing AI, they’re also considering associated risks — data risks in particular. Marketers are focused on making AI successful with the right data but are concerned about its integrity, protection, and customer trust as adoption ramps up. But it’s not just data that keeps marketers on their toes. One in four team leads is worried about generative AI replacing human workers.However, unlocking AI’s full potential requires a strategic fusion of human expertise and cutting-edge technology. What better AI means for marketers Predictive insights, segmentation, and content generation is just the beginning when it comes to better AI. But don’t let the magnitude of AI scare you away — or worse, jump in without a vision. Start small and focus on solving a specific, well-defined problem that aligns with your organisation’s goals and capabilities. Gradually scale up as you gain experience and insights from initial deployments. There’s power in experimentation — as long as it’s followed by implementation. 2. Trustworthy data powers genuine customer connection More than two thirds (68%) of customers said advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. And 98% of marketers say trustworthy data is more important in times of change. Marketers who prioritise trustworthy data may just have a head start in the new era. Trustworthy data is free from errors, biases, or manipulation, and adheres to established standards and best practices for data collection, storage, and usage. Access to this data builds better external and internal relationships. Externally, it allows you to build better connections with your customers, and a foundation built on trust and fulfilled expectations. When you have a clean set of data, you know you’re making decisions based on accurate, up-to-date information. It allows you to personalise messages and put the customer first in marketing decisions, knowing that you’ve got a complete picture of their journey and preferences. Personalisation isn’t just one of the hot marketing trends today — it’s the expectation. Internally, marketers are using trustworthy data to track and assign value to accounts and move sales forward through approaches like account-based marketing, which require close marketing and sales team collaboration. Our survey found that marketers use an average of nine different tactics across the customer experience to collect this data, with customer service data, transactional data, mobile apps, website registration/account creation, and loyalty programs topping the list. It’s clear that there’s no shortage of data. Putting that data to work is the challenge. As third-party cookies are deprecated and AI continues to develop, marketers are trying to bring that data together into a holistic understanding of customers. But how important is data if you can’t act on it when you need it? More than half of marketers can get real-time data, but they need technical assistance to activate it. What better data means for marketers The right data is the backbone to actionable customer profiles, analytics, and decision-making — actionable as the key differentiator. Centralised data management platforms that aggregate and harmonise data from various sources in real-time are that much more critical as marketers navigate new marketing trends. 3. Marketers are all in on personalisation Personalisation is the new marketing mantra, but what that means can vary. A lifecycle approach is evolving as more than half of marketers (57%) aim to provide personalised content across the entire customer journey — not just their journey to become a customer. In fact, marketers are more likely to personalise content for existing customers, including support and customer retention content. But they’re not forgetting about their prospects either. Effective personalisation, although a work in progress for many, requires cross-channel recommendations. Let’s say a customer has recently been browsing your website. Based on this history, they later receive an email promoting a new product, followed by a social media ad showcasing the same product. Suddenly, you’ve created a connected and personalised experience across multiple channels. The challenge with implementing cross-channel personalisation is not only the ability to access trustworthy data across all these channels, but do so consistently on the channels customers prefer. And there’s a stark difference between how the highest- and lowest-performing marketing teams are adapting. Underperforming marketers are fully personalising across only three channels, compared with five channels for moderate performers and six channels for high performers. What better personalisation means for marketers When marketers personalise across more channels, they are customising their messaging and interactions to what customers want — and where they want it. Doing this creates a more consistent experience for customers, strengthening brand relationships and making it more likely they keep engaging and converting. Adopting AI and machine learning algorithms can help automate data analysis and segmentation. This allows you to derive actionable insights and give your customers a more tailored experience, no matter where they interact with your brand.. New marketing trends are pushing progress for marketers as expectations around data and AI rise. Marketers are still figuring out what they can and can’t do – and how they can make this tech work for them. However, what’s fuelling this new era is still the same: building strong relationships that deliver value for both the business and the customer.

					Unlocking Excellence in Customer Support: Understanding Customer Service in BPO
Unlocking Excellence in Customer Support: Understanding Customer Service in BPO
Delivering exceptional customer service is a necessity within the business space. Businesses across various sectors are increasingly turning to Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) to enhance their customer service capabilities. But what exactly is customer service in BPO, and how can it transform your business? This article explores the intricacies of BPO customer service and its pivotal role in modern business strategies. What is Customer Service in BPO? A Business Process Outsourcer (BPO) is a third-party service provider that manages customer interactions on behalf of other businesses, specialising in BPO customer service to handle client queries, resolve issues, and ensure a seamless customer journey. These interactions can range across various channels such as telephone, email, chat, and social media. Essentially, a BPO acts as an extended arm of a company, handling all aspects of customer communication and service. By partnering with a customer service BPO provider, businesses can leverage specialised teams dedicated to offering personalised assistance and improving the overall customer experience. How Does Customer Service BPO Work? The core function of a customer service BPO is to enhance the quality and efficiency of client interactions. This is achieved through a combination of expertise, technology, and a well-trained workforce, including customer service representatives. BPOs may operate as call centres managing both inbound (customer queries) and outbound calls (telesales or market research), IT help desks providing technical support, or omnichannel services ensuring a seamless customer experience across multiple platforms. The goal is to deliver exceptional customer service by leveraging the latest tools and technologies, along with thorough training for customer service representatives to ensure they can promptly respond to customer queries, deliver customised financial advice, and minimise waiting time while minimising the potential for miscommunication. The Benefits of Engaging a Customer Service BPO for Customer Satisfaction Expertise and Specialisation: BPOs bring specialised knowledge and skills that can be pivotal in managing complex customer service scenarios. They often employ experts who are adept at navigating the nuances of customer interactions effectively. Cost Efficiency: By outsourcing customer service, companies can significantly reduce operational costs associated with hiring, training, and maintaining an in-house team. BPOs leverage their infrastructure and economies of scale to provide services at a lower cost. Flexibility and Scalability: Customer service demands can fluctuate with seasons and market trends. BPOs provide the flexibility to scale operations up or down based on the business’s needs, ensuring that customer service quality does not dip during peak times. Extended Coverage: BPOs can operate across different time zones, offering 24/7 services that are especially beneficial for businesses with a global customer base. Improved Customer Satisfaction: By ensuring quick and efficient service, BPOs can help improve overall customer satisfaction, which is essential for retaining clients and enhancing brand reputation. Customer Loyalty: Achieving customer loyalty is paramount in the BPO industry, as it directly contributes to a business’s success. BPOs play a critical role in building a base of loyal customers by providing exceptional customer service that not only retains existing customers but also satisfies them to the extent that they become brand ambassadors. Through personalised communication, real-time support, and efficient issue resolution, BPOs enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty, leading to reduced turnover, attracting new customers, and ultimately driving profits. Access to Advanced Technology: BPOs often invest in the latest technologies including AI and machine learning to streamline customer service processes and provide data-driven insights that can improve service delivery. Challenges and Limitations in Achieving Customer Loyalty Despite the advantages, outsourcing customer service to BPOs is not devoid of challenges. Issues such as loss of control over the customer service process, potential data security concerns, and the need for continuous coordination can pose significant challenges. Additionally, for businesses in highly regulated industries such as healthcare or finance, BPOs might not always be a viable option due to stringent compliance requirements. Choosing the Right BPO Selecting the right BPO customer service partner is critical for outsourcing customer service needs. Businesses should consider factors such as the BPO’s industry experience, technological capabilities, language and cultural alignment, and the ability to provide personalised services. It’s also essential to assess their performance metrics, such as customer satisfaction scores and response times, to ensure they align with your business objectives. Maximising Business Potential through Customer Service BPOs Excellent customer service and exceptional customer service are foundational to the BPO industry, setting the stage for businesses to elevate customer satisfaction and loyalty. Customer service in BPO is an effective strategy for businesses looking to enhance their customer interactions, reduce costs, and focus on their core competencies. By choosing the right BPO partner and leveraging their expertise, businesses can significantly improve their customer service operations and, by extension, their market competitiveness. As customer expectations continue to rise, the role of customer service BPOs will become even more integral to business success. Understanding and implementing effective BPO strategies will not only help businesses manage their customer service needs more efficiently but also enable them to adapt to changing market dynamics and consumer behaviours. Incorporating good customer service and great customer service is crucial in enhancing market competitiveness and adapting to consumer behaviours.

					What is a salary slip or payslip?
What is a salary slip or payslip?
Understanding your salary slip is important for managing your finances and staying informed about your compensation. A salary slip, also known as a payslip or wage slip, is a detailed breakdown of your earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. It is an important document for payroll processing and can be useful for tax filing, budgeting, and applying for loans. We’ll take a closer look at salary slips, including what they are, why they are important, and how to keep accurate records. We will also answer some common questions about salary and pay slips, and discuss how a Financial Services CRM like LIKE.TG can help you manage your salary slips more effectively and improve your overall financial operations. What is a Payslip? A payslip, also known as a salary slip or wage slip, is a document issued by an employer to an employee, providing a detailed breakdown of an employee’s earnings and deductions for a given pay period. It is a critical tool for financial management and offers insight into an individual’s compensation. Payslips are a detailed summary of an employee’s compensation, providing proof of income. They typically include the employee’s name, the pay period, gross salary, deductions, and net pay. Payslips are more than just a record of your pay. They are also important for tax purposes. They help you to declare your income accurately to the tax authorities. Payslips are also useful when you apply for a loan or credit. They show how much you are earning and help lenders decide if you can afford to repay what you have borrowed. Understanding and analysing your payslip is important for getting a clear picture of your financial situation. It can help you budget your income, allocate funds to different areas of your life, and plan for future financial goals. It can also help you catch any mistakes or discrepancies in your pay, so you can make sure you’re getting the right amount of money for the work you do. When are payslips distributed or salary slips given out? Salary slips are usually handed out on the same day you receive your salary. However, there are instances when they might be distributed a few days before or after payday. The timing can also depend on your company’s payroll schedule. Some companies distribute salary slips weekly, while others do so biweekly or monthly. Many companies now offer the ability to create payslips using online tools, which can be accessed anytime through a company portal or HR system. You must be aware of your company’s salary slip and bonus distribution schedule to plan your finances effectively. For instance, if you know that your salary slip is issued on the last day of the month, you can ensure that you have sufficient funds to cover your expenses until your next payday. In some instances, you may not receive a hard copy of your salary slip. Instead, your employer might provide access to an online version through a company portal or HR system. This can be a convenient option, allowing you to view your salary slip at any time without the need to keep track of a physical document. Whether in print or digital form, your salary slip is an all-important piece of documentation to retain for your personal records. It serves multiple functions, from tax declarations to financial planning and loan applications. Salary slip format Although the format of a basic salary slip can differ from one company to another, there are certain key elements that are typically included. These are: Using online tools to generate payslips ensures statutory compliance and data security, allowing users to input various details about the company and employees to create and download payslips. Employee Information: This section includes basic details about the employee, such as their name, employee ID, and job designation. Pay Period: The pay period tells you the dates you’re being paid for, for example, 1 January 2023 to 31 January 2023. Gross Salary: This is the total amount of earnings before any deductions are applied. It includes basic salary, allowances, bonuses, and any other earnings during the pay period. Deductions: Here you can see all the items that were subtracted from your gross pay. Common deductions include federal and state income tax, Social Security, Medicare, and health insurance. Each deduction is listed separately, and typically includes the amount taken out of your paycheck. Net Pay: Net pay is the final amount an employee receives after all deductions have been subtracted from gross pay. This is the amount that is typically deposited into the employee’s bank account. Other Details: Some salary slips may also include additional information about employees such as the number of hours worked, overtime pay, leave balances, and any bonuses or incentives earned. Meticulously examine your salary slip, verifying the accuracy of all details and ensuring a clear understanding of the deductions. Should you detect any discrepancies or errors, promptly engage with your employer’s payroll department to seek clarification and resolution. Components of a salary slip A salary slip, also known as a payslip or wage slip, is a document that details an employee’s earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. It serves as an essential financial record and offers valuable insights into an individual’s compensation. Understanding the components of a salary slip is essential for employees to effectively manage their finances and ensure fair remuneration. Personal Information: This section includes your name, employee ID, and contact details such as your address, phone number, and email address. This information is a key player for identification and communication between you and your company or employer. Equally vital is the employer’s name and contact information. This section should feature the employer’s legal name, business address, and contact details, including a phone number and email address. By including this information, you enable all your employees to easily get in touch with you should they have any questions or concerns about their salary slip or their employment in general. The pay period and date are also prominently displayed on a salary slip. The pay period refers to the specific timeframe for which the employee is being compensated. It is typically a fixed duration, such as a month or a fortnight, and is indicated on the payslip. The pay date, on the other hand, refers to the specific date on which the employee receives their salary. Gross salary is the total amount of income you earn before any deductions are made. This includes your base salary and any additional earnings, such as bonuses, commissions, or overtime pay, that you may have received during the pay period. It’s important to understand your gross salary so that you can calculate your total income and plan your finances accordingly. Net salary, on the other hand, is what an employee takes home after all deductions have been made. This includes taxes, social security contributions, health insurance premiums, and any other authorised deductions. The net salary is the actual amount of money that an employee can spend or save, making it a critical component of financial planning and budgeting. In summary, a salary slip is a vital document that provides a clear breakdown of your earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. By familiarising yourself with its components, you can take charge of your finances, ensure the accuracy of your compensation, and make well-informed financial choices. 7 essential elements to include on a payslip A payslip is a vital document that provides information about an employee’s pay and any deductions. To make sure your payslips are clear and contain all the necessary information, they should include: 1. Employee Information: The payslip should prominently display the employee’s full name, employee identification number, and contact information, including their address and phone number. This information helps identify the employee and ensures accurate record-keeping. 2. Pay Period: Clearly indicate the specific pay period covered by the payslip. This information is crucial for employees to understand the timeframe for which they are being compensated. 3. Gross Salary: Your gross salary is the sum you earn before any deductions are made. It includes your base salary, any bonuses, and any other forms of compensation or benefits you receive from your employer. 4. Deductions: This section is where you detail all the different deductions you make from your employee’s gross pay. Common deductions include federal and state taxes, FICA taxes, health insurance premiums, and retirement plan contributions. Each deduction should be clearly labelled and the amount deducted should be specified. 5. Net Pay: Net pay, also known as take-home pay, is the amount that remains after all deductions have been subtracted from the gross salary. This is the actual amount of compensation that you receive. 6. Employer Information: Your payslip should include your employer’s name, address, and contact information, and if applicable, the company logo. This information is important for verifying the payslip’s authenticity and for any inquiries you may have. 7. Additional Details: Depending on your company’s policies and practices, your pay stub might include additional information. This could be the number of hours you worked, any overtime pay, your leave balances, and any bonuses or incentives you’ve earned. These details can give you a more complete picture of your compensation and work status. By including these key components, a payslip becomes a clear and informative document that helps both employers and employees understand their pay, manage their money, and make sure they’re being paid fairly and accurately. The importance of salary slips The salary slip’s importance cannot be overstated. These documents serve as a crucial tool for you to understand your financial standing and manage your finances effectively. One of the primary reasons why salary slips are important is that they provide a detailed breakdown of your compensation and deductions. This information is essential for you to accurately track your income and expenses, and to make informed financial decisions. Salary slips are indispensable for loan applications and visa processing. Lenders often require them as proof of income when you apply for a loan. Similarly, when applying for a visa, they demonstrate your financial stability and income source. Without accurate employment, and up-to-date salary slips, you may face challenges in securing loans or obtaining visas. Salary slips are a key component in tax compliance. They furnish a detailed account of your taxable income and deductions, simplifying the process of filing your taxes accurately and avoiding potential discrepancies. Armed with access to this information, you can fulfil your civic duties and contribute to the smooth operation of the tax system. For many financial transactions are essential. When you apply for a credit card or open a bank account, you may need to provide your salary slip as proof of income. This helps the financial institution understand your financial situation and make a decision about whether to provide you with credit or other financial services. Your salary slip is a document of great importance. It’s not just a piece of paper that shows your earnings; it’s a tool that can help you manage your finances better, apply for loans, process visas, and comply with tax regulations. By understanding the significance of your salary slip and using it to your advantage, you can take control of your finances, make informed decisions, and secure your financial future. Frequently asked questions How frequently should you receive a payslip? The frequency of receiving a payslip can vary depending on your company’s payroll policies and practices. Generally, payslips are distributed on the same day that employees receive their salaries. However, some companies may distribute them a few days before or after payday. It is important for you to be aware of your company’s salary slip distribution schedule so that you can plan accordingly. What to do if you find an error on your payslip If you spot an inaccuracy on your payslip, don’t hesitate to reach out to your employer’s payroll or human resources department. Offer the specifics of the error and any relevant documentation, such as prior payslips or bank statements. The payroll department will investigate and ensure the necessary adjustments are made. How Long to Retain Payslips It is recommended to keep your payslips for at least one year, as they may be required for various purposes such as tax filing, applying for loans, or calculating your average income. Some individuals may choose to keep their payslips for a longer period for their own records and financial management purposes. What details are usually found on a payslip? A payslip typically includes the following information: – Employee information: name, employee ID, contact information – Pay period: start date and end date of the pay period – Gross salary: total earnings before deductions – Deductions: various deductions such as taxes, social security contributions, health insurance premiums, etc. – Net pay: the amount of salary paid to the employee after all deductions have been made – Employer information: name, contact information, employer identification number Can I use my payslip as proof of income? Absolutely. Your payslip is a valuable document that can be used to confirm your income when applying for a loan, renting an apartment, or obtaining a visa. It provides a clear and verifiable record of your earnings and deductions. Financial Services CRM and payslip generator at LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a cloud-based financial services CRM software that delivers a complete, 360-degree view of your customers and their needs. It includes features such as lead management, opportunity management, account management, and customer service. It also offers integrations with other LIKE.TG products and third-party applications. This helps financial services companies to improve customer service, increase sales, and reduce costs. Let’s break down the features: Lead Management: Track, generate and manage leads from various sources, such as online forms, phone calls, and referrals. Opportunity Management: Manage your sales pipeline and track the progress of deals. Account Management: Get a centralised view of customer accounts, including contact information, account history, and open opportunities. Customer Service: Track and resolve customer issues and requests. Beyond these core capabilities, Financial Services Cloud offers a suite of features tailored to the financial services industry. These include: * Compliance management: Assisting financial services companies in meeting regulatory requirements and industry standards. * Wealth management software: Equips you with the tools to manage your investments and monitor your financial progress. * Insurance: Features for managing insurance policies and claims. * Lending: Equips you with the tools to create and manage loan applications and monitor loan performance. Financial Services Cloud is a robust CRM platform designed to elevate your customer service, boost sales, and streamline operations. By offering a comprehensive, unified view of your customers across all channels and business lines, Financial Services Cloud empowers your financial advisors to provide personalised, efficient service to their clients. Discover what a salary slip or payslip entails, including its importance for managing finances, tax filing, budgeting, and applying for loans.

					LIKE.TG Report: Teams Tap AI and Data to Drive Revenue as Service Expectations Rise
LIKE.TG Report: Teams Tap AI and Data to Drive Revenue as Service Expectations Rise
Both service and field service organisations are increasing their investment in AI to meet rising customer expectations and unlock revenue-generating opportunities, according to new research fromLIKE.TG’s sixthState of Servicereport. Gathering insights from over 5,500 service professionals in 30 countries, theState of Servicereport highlights the priorities, challenges, and strategies shaping customer service in the AI era. “Service and field service teams are getting more proactive and productive with the power of data and AI,” said Kishan Chetan, EVP and General Manager ofService Cloud. “They’re deflecting more issues with smarter self-service. And they’re devoting more time and energy to generating revenue — pointing to a fundamental shift in their role within the business.” Service organisations double down on revenue generation The trend ofviewing service as a revenue driverinstead of a cost centre is accelerating. Eighty-five percent of service decision makers now say their teams are expected to contribute a larger slice of revenue over the coming year through upselling, cross-selling, and customer retention. This parallels a jump in the number of organisations tracking service-driven revenue — from 51% in 2018 to 91% in 2024. The strategic emphasis on revenue generation is fueling bigger budgets and larger teams. Overall, service decision makers expect budgets to grow by an average of 23% over the next year. Meanwhile, over three-quarters (76%) anticipate expanding their headcount. Agents and mobile workers face mounting pressure With88% of customers sayinggood service makes them more likely to purchase from the same company again, it’s clear that customer experience is key to driving revenue. However, delivering on expectations isn’t as simple as in years past: 86% of agents and 74% of mobile workers say customer expectations are getting higher. 81% of agents and 76% of mobile workers say customers expect more of a personal touch. This may be why service decision makers cite keeping up with changing customer expectations as their organisations’ top challenge. One expectation is especially tricky. Over half of customers (53%) — and nearly three-quarters of business buyers (73%) — want companies topredict their needsbefore they arise. However, there’s a disconnect between what businesses think they’re doing and what customers actually experience. While 61% of service teams believe they are proactive in addressing issues, only a third of customers (33%) agree that companies generally anticipate and act on their needs ahead of time. On top of increasingly sophisticated demands from customers, 76% of service organisations anticipate higher case volumes in the year ahead. The risk of burnout or failure in this scenario is a major factor for agents, who are already stretched thin. Organisations lean into AI, automation, and data to boost efficiency, sales AI and automation may present solutions for over-burdened agents tasked with revenue generation. Currently, agents spend just 39% of their time servicing customers amid competing demands like internal meetings, administrative tasks, and manually logging case notes. Ninety-three percent of service professionals at organisations with AI say the technologysaves them time. By responding to simple queries and crafting self-helpknowledge articles, AI clears the way for human agents to focus on more fulfilling and higher value work, such as building customer relationships and resolving complex cases. At companies with AI, 88% of agents cite building customer relationships as a key responsibility. Meanwhile, just 75% of agents say this at organisations without AI. Service organisations also report using AI to directly help with revenue generation by providing intelligent recommendations and offers to agents. Savvy service organisations are taking note of the promise AI and another efficiency driver, automation can bring. Currently, 79% of organisations have invested in AI while 81% use workflow or process automation. Looking ahead, 83% of decision makers plan to increase their AI investments over the next year, with the same amount planning to boost automation investments. For both AI and employees, personalising service interactions requires customer knowledge, which often is drawn from many different data sources. Empowering AI and employees with a complete view is a clear priority for decision makers, 83% of whom plan to boost investments in data integration over the next year. Existing investments appear to be paying off. As AI, automation, and data capabilities mature, organisations are getting better at striking the right balance between service speed and quality — a notoriously difficult challenge. In 2022, 76% of agents cited juggling these competing priorities as difficult, but that percentage dropped to 69% in this year’s report. More information Readthe full State of Service report Exploremore top generative AI statistics Registerfor our upcomingState of Servicewebinar Trythis interactive calculator to learn about Service Cloud ROI Methodology LIKE.TG conducted a double-anonymous survey of over 5,500 professionals in roles including service operations, service agents, mobile workers, service managers/directors, and service leadership/head of service. Respondents were sourced from 30 countries and five continents. The data was collected between December 8, 2023, and January 22, 2024.

					JIT Inventory Defined: A 2024 Guide to Just-in-Time Inventory
JIT Inventory Defined: A 2024 Guide to Just-in-Time Inventory
Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a streamlined inventory management philosophy that aims to minimise inventory waste and optimise production efficiency. The Toyota Production System, developed by Eiji Toyoda and Taiichi Ohno in post-World War II Japan, was created by Japanese industrial engineers to minimise resource consumption and add value to the product. By producing goods only as needed, JIT helps businesses reduce holding costs, improve cash flow, and free up valuable storage space. This article takes a closer look into the intricacies of JIT inventory management, exploring its methodology, advantages, and potential drawbacks. It also addresses common questions and considerations for businesses contemplating the adoption of JIT and time inventory management techniques. What Is Just-in-Time (JIT) in Inventory Management? The Just-in-Time (JIT) is an efficient approach that aims to revolutionise the way businesses handle their inventory. JIT operates on a fundamental principle: producing goods only when they are needed, thereby slashing inventory waste and optimising production processes. This demand-driven strategy hinges on accurate forecasting and seamless collaboration with suppliers, ensuring that the right products reach the right place at the right time. By adopting JIT, companies can reap a wealth of benefits. First and foremost, it leads to significant reductions in inventory costs. With less inventory sitting in warehouses, businesses can free up valuable capital, allowing them to invest in other areas of their operations. Furthermore, JIT enhances cash flow by minimising the amount of cash tied up in inventory. Instead, companies can use their cash to fund other essential business activities, such as marketing and expansion. Another advantage of JIT is the efficient use of space. By keeping inventory levels lean, businesses can optimise their storage facilities and allocate space more effectively. This can lead to reduced rental costs and increased operational efficiency. JIT fosters a culture of continuous improvement within the organisation. By constantly striving to minimise waste and optimise processes, companies can enhance their overall productivity and quality. However, it’s important to acknowledge that JIT is not without its challenges. One potential risk lies in the bullwhip effect, which refers to the tendency for small fluctuations in demand to amplify as they move upstream in the supply chain. This can lead to disruptions and inefficiencies if not managed effectively. JIT also requires a high level of coordination and trust between a company and its suppliers. Any disruptions in the supply chain can have a ripple effect, impacting production schedules and customer satisfaction. Despite these challenges, the JIT process remains a powerful inventory management strategy when implemented effectively. By carefully considering the demand patterns, supplier reliability, and production capabilities, companies can harness the full potential of JIT and achieve remarkable improvements in efficiency, cost reduction, and customer satisfaction. Just-in-Time (JIT) Inventory Management Explained Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a method of managing inventory that seeks to minimise inventory waste by producing goods only as needed. This is in contrast to traditional inventory management methods, which involve keeping a large stock of unsold inventory, on hand in order to meet customer demand. JIT is based on the idea that it is more efficient to produce goods only when they are needed, rather than to produce them in advance and store them in inventory. This can help companies reduce their inventory costs, improve their cash flow, and free up space in their warehouses. JIT can be a very effective inventory management method, but it is not without its risks. One of the biggest risks of a JIT system is that it can lead to stockouts, which can occur if there is a sudden increase in demand for a product. Stockouts can damage a company’s reputation and lead to lost sales. Another risk of JIT is that it can make it difficult for companies to respond to changes in demand. If demand for a product increases, a company may not be able to produce enough of the product to meet demand. This can lead to lost sales and dissatisfied customers. Despite these risks, JIT can be a very effective inventory management method for companies that are able to manage their inventory levels effectively. JIT can help companies reduce their costs, improve their cash flow, and free up space in their warehouses. Advantages of JIT Inventory Management Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management offers a unique approach that streamlines operations and provides several advantages for businesses. One of the key benefits is cost reduction, achieved by producing goods only as needed. This eliminates the burden of holding excess inventory, minimising storage, insurance, and obsolescence costs. JIT improves cash flow by reducing tied-up capital in inventory, freeing up resources for investments in growth and innovation. Space optimisation is another advantage of JIT inventory management. With reduced inventory levels, businesses can allocate previously occupied storage areas for other productive purposes, such as expanding production or enhancing customer service. This leads to increased efficiency and overall productivity. JIT also enhances responsiveness to customer demand. By aligning production with real-time demand, companies can adapt swiftly to market fluctuations. This agility enables businesses to meet customer expectations promptly, providing a competitive edge in delivering the right products at the right time. However, it’s essential to acknowledge potential risks associated with JIT inventory management. The bullwhip effect of inventory control, a phenomenon where minor shifts in customer demand trigger significant changes in production and inventory levels, can disrupt operations. This may result in stockouts, shortages, lost sales, and dissatisfied customers. Furthermore, JIT demands seamless coordination and trust between businesses and their suppliers. Delays or disruptions in the supply chain can have cascading effects on the entire production process. Despite these challenges, JIT inventory management offers significant benefits when implemented effectively. By minimising costs, optimising cash flow, maximising space utilisation, and ensuring customer responsiveness, the JIT inventory system empowers businesses to achieve operational excellence and sustained profitability. JIT Inventory Methodology Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a production strategy that aims to minimise inventory by producing goods only as needed. This approach contrasts with traditional manufacturing methods, which involve producing goods in advance and storing them in inventory until they are sold. JIT inventory management can help businesses reduce costs associated with holding inventory, such as storage costs, insurance, and spoilage. It can also help businesses improve cash flow by reducing the amount of money tied up in inventory. One of the key principles of JIT inventory management is to establish a close relationship with suppliers. JIT manufacturers rely on their suppliers to deliver goods on time and in the exact quantities needed. This requires a high level of trust and cooperation between the manufacturer and its suppliers. JIT manufacturers also typically use electronic data interchange (EDI) systems to automate the ordering and receiving of goods. EDI systems help to ensure that orders are accurate and that goods are delivered on time. Another key principle of JIT inventory management is to minimise waste. JIT manufacturers strive to eliminate all forms of waste in the manufacturing process, including waste of materials, labour, and time. This can be achieved through a variety of methods, such as using lean manufacturing techniques, reducing setup times, and improving quality control. JIT inventory management can be a very effective way to reduce costs and improve cash flow. However, it is important to note that JIT inventory management can also be risky. If there are any disruptions in the supply chain, JIT manufacturers can quickly run out of stock. This can lead to lost sales and customer dissatisfaction. Overall, JIT inventory management is a complex and challenging strategy, but it can be very rewarding for businesses that can implement it successfully. Why Use JIT Inventory Management? JIT inventory management offers several advantages that make it an attractive option for businesses seeking to optimise their operations. Reduced Inventory Holding Costs: One of the most significant benefits of JIT inventory management is the reduction in inventory holding costs. By minimising the amount of inventory on hand, businesses can save on costs associated with storage, insurance, and handling storing inventory. This can lead to substantial cost savings, particularly for businesses that deal with large volumes of inventory. Improved Cash Flow: JIT inventory management also helps improve cash flow by reducing the amount of capital tied up in inventory. This can free up cash that can be used for other purposes, such as investing in growth opportunities or paying down debt. Improved cash flow can lead to greater financial flexibility and stability for businesses. Reduced Risk of Stock Obsolescence: With JIT inventory management, businesses produce goods only as needed, which reduces the risk of stock becoming obsolete. This is especially important for businesses that operate in fast-changing markets or deal with products that have a short shelf life. By minimising the risk of obsolescence, businesses can avoid losses and maintain profitability. Increased Responsiveness to Customer Demand: JIT inventory management enables businesses to respond more quickly to changes in customer demand. By producing goods only as needed, businesses can adjust their production schedules to meet market demands more effectively. This can lead to increased customer satisfaction, improved sales, and a competitive advantage. Enhanced Overall Supply Chain Efficiency: JIT inventory management promotes collaboration and coordination throughout the entire supply chain. It encourages businesses to work closely with their suppliers to ensure that goods are delivered on time and in the exact quantities needed. This collaboration can lead to improved supply chain efficiency, reduced lead times, and better overall performance. Lower production costs: By reducing the amount of inventory on hand, JIT inventory management can help companies reduce their production costs. This is because companies do not need to invest as much money in raw materials and finished goods. Disadvantages of Just-in-Time Inventory Techniques While JIT inventory management can offer significant benefits, there are also some potential drawbacks to consider. One major disadvantage is the increased risk of stockouts and production delays. with JIT inventory systems, manufacturers rely on their suppliers to deliver goods on time and in the exact quantities needed. If a supplier experiences a disruption, it can cause a ripple effect that leads to production delays and stockouts. Stockouts can lead to lost sales and damage to customer relationships. Another disadvantage of JIT inventory management is increased vulnerability to supply chain disruptions. JIT manufacturers have little inventory to fall back on if there is a disruption in the supply chain. This can make them more vulnerable to events such as natural disasters, strikes, or transportation delays. Higher transportation costs can also be a disadvantage of JIT inventory management. JIT manufacturers often rely on frequent, small shipments to keep inventory levels low. This can lead to higher transportation costs compared to traditional inventory management methods. The potential for increased waste is another disadvantage of JIT inventory management. JIT manufacturers strive to eliminate all forms of waste, but there is always the potential for waste to occur. For example, if a supplier delivers goods that are not up to standard, they may have to be scrapped. Finally, JIT inventory management can be more difficult to manage and control than traditional inventory management methods. JIT manufacturers must have a high level of coordination between their production, purchasing, and logistics departments. They must also have a robust system for customer orders, tracking inventory levels and managing supplier relationships. Questions to Ask If You Are Considering JIT Inventory Management Before adopting JIT inventory management, companies should conduct a thorough assessment of their operations and capabilities to determine if JIT is the right fit for them. Here are some key questions to ask during the decision-making process: Is your supply chain reliable? JIT inventory management heavily relies on timely deliveries from suppliers. If your suppliers have a history of delays or inconsistencies, JIT may not be feasible. Assess the reliability and track record of your suppliers to ensure they can consistently meet your demands. Can your suppliers meet your quality standards? JIT inventory management requires high-quality inputs to avoid production disruptions and customer dissatisfaction. Evaluate the quality control processes and standards of your suppliers to ensure they align with your expectations. Establish clear quality agreements and conduct regular supplier audits to maintain quality consistency. Do you have the flexibility to adjust production schedules? JIT inventory management demands agility and responsiveness to changing customer demands. Analyse your production processes and determine if you have the capability to quickly adjust production schedules based on real-time demand signals. Consider factors such as equipment flexibility, workforce adaptability, and raw material availability. Can you afford the risk of stockouts? JIT inventory management operates with minimal inventory buffers, increasing the risk of stockouts. Assess your business’s tolerance for stockouts and the potential impact on customer satisfaction, revenue, and reputation. Consider the criticality of your products and the lead times required to replenish inventory. Do you have the necessary inventory management systems? JIT inventory management requires robust inventory management systems to track inventory levels, manage supplier relationships, and optimise production schedules. Evaluate your current inventory systems, and processes to ensure they can support JIT implementation. Invest in technology and software solutions that provide real-time visibility, data analytics, and automated replenishment capabilities. By carefully considering these questions and conducting a thorough analysis of your business operations, you can make an informed decision on whether JIT inventory management is the right strategy for your company. Implementing JIT successfully requires a comprehensive understanding of your supply chain, production capabilities, inventory system, and risk tolerance. JIT Inventory Management FAQs How does JIT affect customer service? After all, if you don’t have enough inventory on hand, won’t that lead to longer wait times and unhappy customers? The answer is not necessarily. In fact, JIT can actually improve customer service by reducing the risk of stockouts and ensuring that customers receive fresh, high-quality products. Is JIT suitable for all businesses? The answer is that it depends on the specific business. JIT is best suited for businesses that have a stable demand for their products, reliable suppliers, and the ability to adjust production schedules quickly. However, JIT can be challenging for businesses that experience unpredictable demand, have long lead times, or operate in highly competitive markets. JIT risks of stockouts? If a supplier fails to deliver goods on time, it can lead to a stockout, which can have a negative impact on customer service and sales. To mitigate this risk, JIT businesses must have strong relationships with their suppliers and develop contingency plans for dealing with disruptions in the supply chain. How to implement JIT successfully? There are a number of steps that businesses can take to implement JIT, including establishing close relationships with suppliers, minimising waste, using inventory management software, and educating employees about JIT principles.

					STP Marketing Strategy: Comprehensive Guide
STP Marketing Strategy: Comprehensive Guide
Introduction to STP (Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning) There’s a common saying in the business world, “If you try to be everything to everyone, you’ll end up becoming nothing to anyone.” Far too often, businesses fall into the trap of positioning their product(s) as something that ‘everyone’ benefits from. Their rationale is this: if they cast their net wide enough, they’re bound to catch enough customers soon. This approach is flawed in two ways- The company’s resources – budget and employees – get spread too thinly in chasing far-flung customer segments. It leads to brand dilution, where the company’s ‘real’ target customers stop seeing value in the brand. Think about it: you build a product or many products to solve a specific problem. Not all 7.9 billion people in the world would have that problem. Even if your product is something as essential as a toothbrush, it has to stand out from the existing toothbrushes in the market in some way to bring in sales. Say, from the media and your conversations with friends you notice that an increasingly large number of people are moving towards sustainable living. You strike up this idea of creating toothbrushes out of bamboo shoots. At the very outset, you plan to target all the toothbrush users by positioning your product as an environmental-friendly alternative to plastic brushes. This strategy is going to create a negligible impact, almost like a drop in the ocean. This is because 85% of your audience doesn’t care for sustainable living. While you could still go after them by creating awareness, you need to first educate them on the adverse effects of using plastic on the environment. Tell them how your product addresses the issue, and finally, how it benefits the customer individually. This is a long-drawn process that can strain your time and budget while giving minimal returns. You’d fare better targeting the other 15% – people who are already looking for sustainable alternatives. They’re already aware of ‘why’ they need your product, so you can go ahead and directly pitch it to them. By skipping the motions, you save on resources and use them where they are needed the most. Also, since your target’s needs are aligned with your product offering, the customer acquisition cost is low. The above scenario is an apt use case for the segmentation, targeting, and positioning model of marketing. Now that we have some context, let’s dive deeper into what the segmentation, targeting, and positioning (STP) model is. What Is STP marketing? Segmentation, targeting, and positioning (STP) is a marketing model that redefines whom you market your products to, and how. It makes your marketing communications more focused, relevant, and personalised for your customers. In short, STP is a marketing approach where you segment your audience, target the best-fit audience segments for your product, and position your product to capture your target segment effectively. The STEP Formula The easiest way to remember the STP model is through the STEP formula, which is A closer look at this formula tells us that the product positioning for each target segment is different. This forms the essence of the STP (Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning) marketing model. Let’s take a closer look at each of these parts of segmentation, targeting and positioning. Segmentation: Identifying Your Market When you start creating a GTM strategy for your product, you have an idea of who your audience is. You can target the entire group that fits the broad definition of your audience, but chances are a generic message may fail to resonate with a huge chunk of that group. Segmenting the audience into smaller groups based on specific attributes gives you better clarity on who benefits the most out of your product and how. With this clarity, you can make your messages more focused and relevant to target groups. While you can segment your audience using any criteria that best suits your business, the below criteria are commonly used: How do you get started with segmentation? To perform audience segmentation, you first need to know about your audience. Solutions such as LIKE.TG CDP (Customer Data Platform) allow you to unify data from across touchpoints – like sales, service, marketing – and use Artificial Intelligence (AI) to mine richer audience insights from it. You can enrich this with first-party data from other platforms like social media, websites, customer forums, etc. This helps marketers build a single, comprehensive view of all audiences using a central, user-friendly interface. With an accurate population count and AI-enabled features, you can create highly targeted and customised audience segments. Segmentation gets you better results even when you’re nurturing your existing subscribers. Using tools like LIKE.TG’s Email Studio, you can segment your current subscribers’ list based on their profiles and send targeted email campaigns, improving your open and click rates. Segmenting your existing customer base also helps you make an informed guess about your larger audience. By extrapolating current customer data, you can identify potential audience segments and build your marketing strategy around them. Segmentation with an example Suppose your product is plant-based milk. Your general audience is people who want to move away from dairy-based products. You can segment this audience into two categories: Segment A: people who are looking at dairy-free alternatives for lifestyle purposes, typically high-income groups. Segment B: lactose-intolerant people looking for other options. The message you use for these two segments is obviously going to be different from each other. Using tools like Data Studio, you can further segment the above two segments into groups that already use a competitor product and those that don’t. You can then hone your messaging according to it. Targeting: Reaching the Right Audience The next step in the STP model is targeting. This is the stage where you decide which segments you created during the segmentation phase are worth pursuing. You should ideally consider the below criteria to choose your targetable segments: Size: Your audience segments must have enough potential customers to be worth marketing to. If your segments are too small, you may not get enough conversions to justify your marketing efforts. Difference: There should be a measurable difference between any two segments. The lack of it leads to unnecessary duplication of efforts. Reachability: The segments should be accessible to your sales and marketing teams and not be marred by technical or legal complications. Profitability: The segment should have a low-to-medium customer acquisition cost (CAC) while bringing in high returns, i.e., the audience must be willing to spend money on your product. Benefits: Different benefits attract different segments. In our plant-based milk example, Segment A would go for cruelty-free while Segment B for dairy-free. Knowing which audience segments to target comes from having all-around visibility of those segments in one place. This makes comparing segments and weighing the pros and cons of targeting some segments over others easier. In our example of plant-based milk, you’ve determined through research that veganism is all the rage, and roughly 60% of the people are searching for dairy-free alternatives. You also discover that approximately 80% of the people in your chosen demographic are lactose intolerant. Though the audience size is more significant in the second segment, you’re likely to get more returns when you go after the first segment as it consists of high-income groups who are ready to pay a premium for quality lifestyle-changing products. LIKE.TG CDP helps unify such audience and customer data from multiple sources to get more comprehensive insights. With more data and insights, segmenting and targeting your audiences becomes much more precise and granular. Then, you can translate all of this data into action by using a tool like Journey Builder to create highly personalised and relevant journeys throughout customer lifecycles. Positioning: Differentiating Your Brand The final stage of the STP model, positioning, is where you use the insights gained from segmentation and targeting to decide how you’re going to communicate your product to chosen audience segments. While segmentation and targeting are about customers, positioning is about your product from the customer’s perspective. You can consider positioning as the bridge that connects your product with the audience. This is the stage where you perform competitor analysis, figure out your value proposition, and communicate that to your customers. Based on what your brand stands for, you can position your product in several ways. If you’re in the luxury market, you can appeal to the ‘desire for prestige’ among customers by positioning yourself as a status symbol. Or, if you fall in the budget category, you could differentiate yourself by offering more benefits to your target at a lower cost than your competitors. The best way to approach positioning is by drawing a Product Positioning Map that has two key market attributes as its axes and plotting your competitors and you in it. This will give you a clear picture of how you stack up against your competition and where you should place your product to maximise profits. How to make STP marketing actually work Now that you’ve narrowed down your market, sharpened your segments, and have an attack plan, all that’s left to do is craft and deliver your message. This is where a core concept – personalisation – comes in. Looking back, the entire segmentation, targeting, and postioning model is geared towards making marketing personalised for customers, so your message and the channels through which you communicate it should reflect that. Luckily, some solutions help you meet customers where they are and drive personalised, 1-to-1 engagement with them. LIKE.TG Marketing Cloud offers a product suite that enables marketers to hyper-personalise every interaction across channels. Here’s how: LIKE.TG CDP allows you to unify all your customer data and build finer audience segmentation for better targeting With Email Studio, you can segment your subscribers using drag-and-drop, and deliver 1-1 marketing messages Social Studio lets you listen to customer conversations about your brand on social channels and engage and support customers on their preferred channels Using Advertising Studio, you can launch paid digital advertising to create 1-1 customer experiences Interaction Studio allows you to manage all your marketing interactions in real time so you can offer a personalised experience across touchpoints Journey Builder enables you to create personalised experiences at every touchpoint and stage of the customer lifecycle You can drive higher RoI by using Datorama‘s analytics and reporting features With Pardot, you can build greater sales and marketing alignment to perform personalised, automated marketing at scale Manage all your mobile messaging efforts using Mobile Studio Delight and engage your best customers with Loyalty Management Combine the power of LIKE.TG and Google by integrating Google Analytics 360 into Marketing Cloud Benefits of STP marketing Improved engagement: Because you’re targeting precise audience segments with personalised messages, your audience finds you relevant and is more likely to engage and convert. Reduced marketing costs: Since you’re going after only those segments with a high potential return on investment, you’re no longer wasting your budget on channels and segments that don’t work. More robust product: Because you know precisely whom you’re pitching your product to, you can make improvements based on feedback from that audience segment, fostering focused product innovation. STP case studies Apple Apple has nailed the STP model. It positions itself as a lifestyle, targeting those audience segments with a keen design aesthetic, who want to stand out from the crowd, and are well-off. Apple follows a “closed” software ecosystem with an emphasis on security. In doing so, it creates an aura of exclusivity that makes people feel privileged to own Apple products. Apple’s STP model works so well that the brand name has become synonymous with expensive, high-performance, luxury gadgets. McDonald’s McDonald’s name evokes images of a family with kids enjoying a ‘happy meal’ of burgers, fries, and Coke. McDonald’s target audience is low to middle-income segments, and it positions itself as an accessible, budget-friendly brand, consciously staying away from the luxury fine-dining market. You can find a McDonald’s on almost every street, which is a sign of its accessibility. Apart from segmenting its audience by their income, McDonald’s also does geographic segmentation quite well. It customises its menu for each country based on cultural preferences, making it more appealing to its target audience segments. Godrej Group Godrej Group is a very popular and trusted Indian company that is serving customers across product categories – from household goods to real estate. Every Indian household is aware of Godrej’s products like furniture and locks. But to engage and make aware customers of other product categories as well, Godrej has adopted social listening as a tactic to identify what their target audiences are talking and reading about. They are using audiences’ content consumption patterns to shape their content marketing strategies in a manner that deliver maximum engagement and awareness. Coca-Cola Coca-Cola is one brand that has the entire world as its market. But it also has cut-throat competition in the form of another brand, Pepsi. To gain a competitive edge over Pepsi, it introduced new variants such as Diet Coke and Coke Zero to target niche, health-conscious audience segments. It also brought in more flavoured variants to target the younger, experiential population. Beyond segmentation and targeting, Coca-Cola positions itself as a drink that brings families and friends together. This is evident from its advertisements, which typically feature get-togethers, festivals, and celebrations in which Coke plays an integral role. How to create an STP model for your business: Implementation strategy We’ve covered the basics of the STP marketing model with benefits and examples. Now, it’s time to get down to the brass tacks; that is, see how you can implement a segmentation, targeting, and positioning model for your business step-by-step. Step 1: Define your market The world may be your market, but breaking it down into manageable segments is how you conquer it. To know the market segment in which you can hit the bullseye, you start by defining your Total Available Market (TAM), Serviceable Available Market (SAM), and Serviceable Obtainable Market (SOM). Let’s look at what each of these is: Total Available Market (TAM): TAM is the total market demand for a product or service. In other words, it’s the biggest available market for the brand. TAM is the maximum revenue that a business can generate if it achieves 100% of its market share. Serviceable Available Market (SAM): SAM is a subset of TAM, that is, a portion of the total available market that fits your product or service. You can define SAM by geographical or product specialisation constraints. Serviceable Obtainable Market (SOM): SOM is a subset of SAM, that is, the segment of the serviceable available market that you can realistically reach after considering factors like product differentiation, budget, and competition. In the case of Coca Cola, its TAM is the entire beverage market, while its SAM would be soft drinks. Its SOM is the market that Pepsi does not capture. For Diet Coke, the SOM would be health-conscious, sugar-free drinkers. Step 2: Create audience segments Now that you know your market definition, you can segment the audience within that definition. You can segment the audience based on geography, demography, behaviour, or psychography, but ideally, a mix of all four can help you achieve clearly differentiated segments. The more segmentation layers or variables you add, the more delineated your segments would be. For example, suppose you’re selling a luxury makeup product. In that case, you can target high-income working women (demographics) in India (geography), who follow makeup handles on social media (behaviour) and are willing to spend money on premium makeup products (psychography). This kind of repeated layering and segmentation creates focused audience groups that you can target with hyper-personalised messages. Research by McKinsey found that companies that excel at personalisation generate 40% more revenue from those activities than average players. Step 3: Identify the more attractive segments Have all the segments data in one place and evaluate the attractiveness of each segment. You can use metrics like return on investment, segment size, and growth potential in your evaluation. Again, solutions like LIKE.TG Data Studio and CDP help gather data and get comprehensive visibility into different audience segments, improving segmentation. Step 4: Evaluate your competition With your audience segmentation sorted, it’s now time to look at your product and determine how it stacks up against your competition. Prepare a table that lists down all of your product capabilities and your competition’s, do a SWOT analysis, identify gaps, and figure out the most viable entry point into your desired customer segment. Step 5: Fix your positioning The groundwork on segmentation and targeting is now out of your way, so you can focus on positioning your product to grab the lion’s share of the market. You can follow any one or a mix of the following positioning strategies: Competitor-based positioning: where you show in what aspects better than your competitor. Consumer-based positioning: how well your product aligns with consumer needs. Price-based positioning: how you’re competitively priced and give customers more value for their money Benefit-based positioning: how your customers benefit from buying your product, either individually or over your competition. Attribute-based positioning: what your unique selling point or value proposition is, above and beyond benefits and price. Prestige-based positioning: how customers get a status boost from buying your product. Step 6: Determine your marketing mix The final step of the segmentation, targeting, and positioning model is to choose your ‘marketing mix’ that helps reinforce your positioning. The marketing mix consists of four Ps – Product, Price, Placement, and Promotions. Product represents factors like quality, benefits, features, design, services, support, availability, and edge over the competition. Price reflects what customers are willing to pay for the product. It covers list price, discounts, payment methods, etc. Pricing your product much lower than your competitor might fetch you immediate benefits but will be detrimental to revenue in the long run. Placement covers “where” your product is available. It includes ecommerce, physical stores, inventory, logistics, trade channels, etc. Promotion takes into account “how” your product reaches your customer. It covers marketing campaigns, advertising, public relations, sales promotions, word of mouth, influencer marketing, and so on. Conclusion STP model is a scientific, tried-and-tested marketing approach that helps businesses identify segments where they can indeed provide value, personalise their marketing communications, and reap sizeable profits. If you want to get started on your segmentation, targeting, and positioning journey, you could give solutions like the LIKE.TG Marketing Cloud a try. The products inside Marketing Cloud provide you deep insights about your audience, help you identify the most viable segments, and hyper-personalise communications across channels, leading to 1-1 customer connect.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈